At PDF
At PDF
At PDF
C TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
SECTION AT B
AT
E
CONTENTS
PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 5 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION ........... 56 F
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System Introduction ............................................................. 56
(SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- Work Flow ............................................................... 60
SIONER” .................................................................. 5 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION ... 63 G
Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (EURO-OBD) A/T Fluid Check ...................................................... 63
System of A/T and Engine — Euro-OBD — ............. 5 Stall Test ................................................................. 64
Precautions for Trouble Diagnosis ........................... 5 Line Pressure Test .................................................. 67
H
Precautions for Harness Repair ............................... 5 Road Test ............................................................... 68
Precautions .............................................................. 6 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIP-
Service Notice or Precautions .................................. 7 TION .......................................................................... 86
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis .................. 8 Symptom Chart ....................................................... 86 I
PREPARATION ........................................................... 9 TCM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 106
Special Service Tools ............................................... 9 CAN COMMUNICATION ......................................... 109
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 12 System Description ............................................... 109 J
A/T FLUID ................................................................. 13 CAN Communication Unit ..................................... 109
Checking A/T Fluid ................................................. 13 DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP)
Changing A/T Fluid ................................................ 13 SWITCH .................................................................. 113
K
OVERALL SYSTEM ................................................. 14 Description ............................................................ 113
A/T Electrical Parts Location .................................. 14 Wiring Diagram — AT — PNP/SW ....................... 115
Circuit Diagram ...................................................... 15 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 116
Cross-Sectional View ............................................. 16 Component Inspection .......................................... 118 L
Hydraulic Control Circuit ........................................ 17 DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Shift Mechanism ..................................................... 18 CIRCUIT .................................................................. 119
Control System ....................................................... 27 Description ............................................................ 119 M
Control Mechanism ................................................ 28 Wiring Diagram — AT — FTS .............................. 121
Control Valve .......................................................... 34 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 122
Component Inspection .......................................... 124
EURO-OBD DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REV-
OLUTION SENSOR) ............................................... 125
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX ........................... 35 Description ............................................................ 125
Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC ....................... 35 Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSA/T ........................ 128
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIP- Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 129
TION .......................................................................... 37 DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL ................... 131
Introduction ............................................................ 37 Description ............................................................ 131
EURO-OBD Function for A/T System .................... 37 Wiring Diagram — AT — ENGSS ......................... 132
One or Two Trip Detection Logic of EURO-OBD ... 37 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 133
EURO-OBD Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ......... 37 DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION ................ 135
Malfunction Indicator (MI) ....................................... 41 Description ............................................................ 135
CONSULT-II ........................................................... 41 Wiring Diagram — AT — 1ST ............................... 138
Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II ........... 50
AT-1
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 139 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 200
Component Inspection .......................................... 140 Component Inspection ..........................................202
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION ................ 141 DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR ................... 203
Description ............................................................ 141 Description ............................................................ 203
Wiring Diagram — AT — 2ND .............................. 144 Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSMTR ....................... 205
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 145 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 206
Component Inspection .......................................... 146 DTC CONTROL UNIT (RAM), CONTROL UNIT
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION ................ 147 (ROM) ...................................................................... 207
Description ............................................................ 147 Description ............................................................ 207
Wiring Diagram — AT — 3RD .............................. 150 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 208
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 151 DTC CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM) ......................... 209
Component Inspection .......................................... 152 Description ............................................................ 209
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION ................ 153 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 210
Description ............................................................ 153 TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS ........... 211
Wiring Diagram — AT — 4TH ............................... 156 Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC ...................... 211
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 157 1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On . 213
Component Inspection .......................................... 160 2. Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” and “N” Position.214
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH 3. In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves Forward Or Back-
SOLENOID VALVE ................................................. 161 ward When Pushed ............................................... 215
Description ............................................................ 161 4. In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves .......................... 216
Wiring Diagram — AT — TCV .............................. 163 5. Large Shock. “N” → “R” Position ...................... 217
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 164 6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position.218
Component Inspection .......................................... 165 7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE. 166 “1” Position ............................................................ 221
Description ............................................................ 166 8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 ................. 223
Wiring Diagram — AT — LPSV ............................ 168 9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does Not Kick-
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 169 down: D4 → D2 ..................................................... 225
Component Inspection .......................................... 171 10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 .......................... 227
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A ............... 173 11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 ........................... 229
Description ............................................................ 173 12. A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up ....................... 232
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/A ........................... 175 13. A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition ............ 233
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 176 14. Lock-up Is Not Released ................................. 234
Component Inspection .......................................... 177 15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B ............... 178 Braking D4 → D3 ) ................................................. 235
Description ............................................................ 178 16. Vehicle Does Not Start From D1 ..................... 236
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/B ........................... 180 17. A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D3 , When Overdrive
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 181 Control Switch “ON” → “OFF” ............................... 237
Component Inspection .......................................... 181 18. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → 22 , When Selector
DTC P1705 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION Lever “D” → “2” Position ....................................... 237
(APP) SENSOR ....................................................... 183 19. A/T Does Not Shift: 22 → 11 , When Selector
Description ............................................................ 183 Lever “2” → “1” Position ........................................ 238
Wiring Diagram — AT — TPS .............................. 186 20. Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake.239
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 187 21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP &
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID Overdrive Control Switches, and Throttle Position
VALVE ..................................................................... 189 Sensor Circuit Checks) ......................................... 239
Description ............................................................ 189
Wiring Diagram — AT — OVRCSV ...................... 191 EXC.F/EURO-OBD
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 192
Component Inspection .......................................... 193 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIP-
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ............ 194 TION ........................................................................ 246
Description ............................................................ 194 CONSULT-II .......................................................... 246
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 194 Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II ......... 251
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 194 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION ......... 256
Wiring Diagram — AT ........................................... 195 Introduction ........................................................... 256
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 196 Work Flow ............................................................. 260
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION ... 262
SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POWER SOURCE). 197 A/T Fluid Check .................................................... 262
Description ............................................................ 197 Stall Test ................................................................ 263
Wiring Diagram — AT — BA/FTS ......................... 199
AT-2
Line Pressure Test ............................................... 266 Wiring Diagram — AT — TPS .............................. 357
Road Test ............................................................. 267 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 358 A
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIP- SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A .................................. 360
TION ........................................................................ 284 Description ............................................................ 360
Symptom Chart .................................................... 284 Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/A ........................... 362 B
TCM Terminals and Reference Value ................... 303 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 363
CAN COMMUNICATION ........................................ 306 Component Inspection .......................................... 363
System Description .............................................. 306 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B .................................. 365
CAN Communication Unit .................................... 306 Description ............................................................ 365 AT
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS .......... 310 Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/B ........................... 367
Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC ...................... 310 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 368
1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On . 312 Component Inspection .......................................... 368 D
2. Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” and “N” Position. 312 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE ............... 370
3. In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves Forward Or Back- Description ............................................................ 370
ward When Pushed .............................................. 313 Wiring Diagram — AT — OVRCSV ...................... 372 E
4. In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves ......................... 314 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 373
5. Large Shock. “N” → “R” Position ...................... 315 Component Inspection .......................................... 374
6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position. 316 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID
7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or VALVE ..................................................................... 375 F
“1” Position ........................................................... 319 Description ............................................................ 375
8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 ................. 320 Wiring Diagram — AT — TCV .............................. 377
9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does Not Kick Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 378 G
down: D4 → D2 ..................................................... 323 Component Inspection .......................................... 378
10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 ......................... 325 BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SEN-
11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 .......................... 327 SOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POWER SOURCE) ....... 380 H
12. A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up ...................... 329 Description ............................................................ 380
13. A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition ........... 329 Wiring Diagram — AT — BA/FTS ......................... 382
14. Lock-up Is Not Released ................................ 331 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 383
I
15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Component Inspection .......................................... 385
Braking D4 → D3 ) ................................................ 331 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL ....................................... 386
16. Vehicle Does Not Start From D1 ..................... 333 Description ............................................................ 386
17. A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D3 , When Overdrive Wiring Diagram — AT — ENGSS ......................... 388 J
Control Switch “ON” → “OFF” .............................. 333 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 389
18. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → 22 , When Selector LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE ................... 391
Lever “D” → “2” Position ...................................... 334 Description ............................................................ 391 K
19. A/T Does Not Shift: 22 → 11 , When Selector Wiring Diagram — AT — LPSV ............................ 393
Lever “2” → “1” Position ....................................... 335 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 394
20. Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake. 336 Component Inspection .......................................... 396 L
21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP & CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ............................... 398
Overdrive Control Switches, and Throttle Position Description ............................................................ 398
Sensor Circuit Checks) ........................................ 336 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 398
Self-Diagnosis Code Confirmation Procedure ...... 398 M
ALL Wiring Diagram — AT — CAN .............................. 399
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 400
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT. 343 A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM .................................... 401
Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN ............................ 343 Description ............................................................ 401
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 344 Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location ......... 401
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR - A/T (REVOLUTION Wiring Diagram — SHIFT — ................................ 402
SENSOR) ................................................................ 346 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 403
Description ........................................................... 346 KEY INTERLOCK CABLE ...................................... 407
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSAT ......................... 348 Components ......................................................... 407
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 349 Removal ............................................................... 407
DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR .................. 351 Installation ............................................................ 408
Description ........................................................... 351 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE .......................................... 409
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSMTR ...................... 353 Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators .......... 409
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 354 Control Cable Adjustment ..................................... 411
ACCELE RATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SEN- Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Adjustment . 411
SOR ........................................................................ 355 Differential Side Oil Seal Replacement ................ 412
Description ........................................................... 355 Revolution Sensor Replacement .......................... 412
AT-3
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ........................... 413 Adjustment (1) ....................................................... 497
Removal ............................................................... 413 Assembly (2) ......................................................... 503
Installation ............................................................. 414 Adjustment (2) ....................................................... 507
OVERHAUL ............................................................. 416 Assembly (3) ......................................................... 511
OutputShaft,IdlerGear,ReductionPinionGearand SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 518
Bearing Retainer ................................................... 416 General Specifications .......................................... 518
Oil Channel ........................................................... 419 Shift Schedule ....................................................... 518
Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings, Stall Revolution ..................................................... 518
Thrust Washers and Snap Rings .......................... 420 Line Pressure ........................................................ 518
DISASSEMBLY ....................................................... 421 Control Valves ....................................................... 519
Disassembly ......................................................... 421 Clutch and Brakes ................................................. 519
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS ...................... 435 Clutch and Brake Return Springs ......................... 521
Manual Shaft ........................................................ 435 Oil Pump ............................................................... 521
Oil Pump ............................................................... 438 Input Shaft ............................................................. 521
Control Valve Assembly ........................................ 442 Planetary carrier .................................................... 521
Control Valve Upper Body .................................... 452 Final Drive ............................................................. 522
Control Valve Lower Body .................................... 456 Reduction Pinion Gear ..........................................523
Reverse Clutch ..................................................... 458 Output Shaft .......................................................... 525
High Clutch ........................................................... 462 Bearing Retainer ................................................... 526
Forward and Overrun Clutches ............................ 467 Total End Play ....................................................... 526
Low & Reverse Brake ........................................... 473 Reverse Clutch End Play ...................................... 526
Rear Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub and Over- Accumulator .......................................................... 526
run Clutch Hub ...................................................... 477 Band Servo ........................................................... 527
OutputShaft,IdlerGear,ReductionPinionGearand Removal and Installation ....................................... 527
Bearing Retainer ................................................... 481 Shift Solenoid Valves ............................................ 527
Band Servo Piston Assembly ............................... 486 Solenoid Valves .................................................... 527
Final Drive ............................................................ 491 A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor .............................. 527
ASSEMBLY ............................................................. 496 Revolution Sensor ................................................. 527
Assembly (1) ......................................................... 496 Dropping Resistor ................................................. 527
AT-4
PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS PFP:00001
A
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER” ECS007N3
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along B
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of
this Service Manual. AT
WARNING:
● To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be per-
formed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. D
● Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to per-
sonal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section. E
● Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors. F
Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (EURO-OBD) System of A/T and Engine —
Euro-OBD — ECS007N4
G
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator (MI) to warn the driver of
a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION: H
● Be sure to turn the ignition switch “OFF” and disconnect the negative battery terminal before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves,
etc. will cause the MI to light up.
I
● Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MI to light up due to an open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
● Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. Interference of the harness with a J
bracket, etc. may cause the MI to light up due to a short circuit.
● Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MI to light up due to a malfunction of the EGR system or fuel injection system, etc. K
● Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the TCM and
ECM before returning the vehicle to the customer.
L
Precautions for Trouble Diagnosis ECS007N5
CAN SYSTEM
● Do not apply voltage of 7.0V or higher to the measurement terminals. M
● Use the tester with its open terminal voltage being 7.0V or less.
Precautions for Harness Repair ECS007N6
CAN SYSTEM
● Solder the repaired parts, and wrap with tape. [Frays of twisted
line must be within 110 mm (4.33 in)]
PKIA0306E
AT-5
PRECAUTIONS
PKIA0307E
Precautions ECS007N7
SEF289H
AAT470A
MEF040DA
AT-6
PRECAUTIONS
of the transaxle. D
● Place disassembled parts in order for easier and proper assembly.
● All parts should be carefully cleaned with a general purpose, non-flammable solvent before inspection or
E
reassembly.
● Gaskets, seals and O-rings should be replaced any time the transaxle is disassembled.
● It is very important to perform functional tests whenever they are indicated.
F
● The valve body contains precision parts and requires extreme care when parts are removed and serviced.
Place disassembled valve body parts in order for easier and proper assembly. Care will also prevent
springs and small parts from becoming scattered or lost.
G
● Properly installed valves, sleeves, plugs, etc. will slide along bores in valve body under their own weight.
● Before assembly, apply a coat of recommended ATF to all parts. Apply petroleum jelly to protect O-rings
and seals, or hold bearings and washers in place during assembly. Do not use grease.
H
● Extreme care should be taken to avoid damage to O-rings, seals and gaskets when assembling.
● After overhaul, refill the transaxle with new ATF.
● When the A/T drain plug is removed, only some of the fluid is drained. Old A/T fluid will remain in torque I
converter and ATF cooling system.
Always follow the procedures under AT-13, "Changing A/T Fluid" when changing A/T fluid.
Service Notice or Precautions ECS007N8 J
FAIL-SAFE
The TCM has an electronic Fail-Safe (limp home mode). This allows the vehicle to be driven even if a major
electrical input/output device circuit is damaged. K
Under Fail-Safe, the vehicle always runs in third gear, even with a shift lever position of “1”, “2” or “D”. The cus-
tomer may complain of sluggish or poor acceleration.
When the ignition key is turned “ON” following Fail-Safe operation, O/D OFF indicator lamp blinks for about 8
seconds. Refer to AT-251, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" (EXCEPT FOR EURO-OBD) or AT- L
51, "TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)" (EURO-OBD).
The blinking of the O/D OFF indicator lamp for about 8 seconds will appear only once and be cleared. The
customer may resume normal driving conditions. M
Always follow the “Work Flow”, refer to AT-260 (EXCEPT FOR EURO-OBD) or AT-60 (EURO-OBD).
The SELF-DIAGNOSIS results will be as follows:
● The first SELF-DIAGNOSIS will indicate damage to the vehicle speed sensor or the revolution sensor.
● During the next SELF-DIAGNOSIS, performed after checking the sensor, no damages will be indicated.
TORQUE CONVERTER SERVICE
The torque converter should be replaced under any of the following conditions:
● External leaks in the hub weld area.
● Converter hub is scored or damaged.
● Converter pilot is broken, damaged or fits poorly into crankshaft.
● Steel particles are found after flushing the cooler and cooler lines.
● Pump is damaged or steel particles are found in the converter.
● Vehicle has TCC shudder and/or no TCC apply. Replace only after all hydraulic and electrical diagnoses
have been made. (Converter clutch material may be glazed.)
● Converter is contaminated with engine coolant containing antifreeze.
AT-7
PRECAUTIONS
AT-8
PREPARATION
PREPARATION PFP:00100
A
Special Service Tools ECS007NA
Tool number
Description
Tool name B
(J34301-C) Measuring line pressure and governor pressure
Oil pressure gauge set
1 (J34301-1) AT
Oil pressure gauge
2 (J34301-2)
Hoses
3 (J34298) D
Adapter
4 (J34282-2)
Adapter
5 (790-301-1230-A) E
AAT896
60°Adapter
6 (J34301-15)
Square socket
F
KV311030000 Installing differential oil seal
(J38982) (Use with ST35325000.)
Drift a: 59mm (2.32 in) dia.
b: 49mm (1.93 in) dia. G
H
NT105
NT417
NT087 M
KV31103200 Removing and installing clutch return spring
(J34285-A and J34285-87) a: 320mm (12.0 in)
Clutch spring compressor b: 174 mm (6.85in)
NT423
NT442
AT-9
PREPARATION
Tool number
Description
Tool name
NT410
NT410
NT424
NT411
NT426
AT-10
PREPARATION
Tool number
Description A
Tool name
AT
NT427
NT073
F
ST30633000 Installing differential side bearing outer race
( - ) a: 67mm (2.64 in) dia.
Drift b: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia.
G
H
NT073
NT115
NT115
AT-11
PREPARATION
NT077
NT109
NT115
NT115
AT-12
A/T FLUID
1. Warm up engine.
2. Check for fluid leakage. B
3. Before driving, fluid level can be checked at fluid temperatures
of 30 to 50°C (86 to 122°F) using “COLD” range on dipstick.
a. Park vehicle on level surface and set parking brake. AT
b. Start engine and move selector lever through each gear posi-
tion. Leave selector lever in “P” position.
c. Check fluid level with engine idling. D
d. Remove dipstick and note reading. If level is at low side of either
range, and fluid to the charging pipe. SMA827CA
SMA853B
J
Changing A/T Fluid ECS007ND
Drain plug:
: 29 - 39 N·m (3.0 - 4.0 kg-m, 22 - 29 ft-lb)
AT-13
OVERALL SYSTEM
MCIB0002E
AT-14
OVERALL SYSTEM
A
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0513417
AT
YAT353
AT-15
OVERALL SYSTEM
SAT842J
AT-16
OVERALL SYSTEM
AT
SAT844J
AT-17
OVERALL SYSTEM
CONSTRUCTION
SAT998I
AT-18
OVERALL SYSTEM
1st D B B Automatic D
2 shift
2nd A B 1⇔2
AT-19
OVERALL SYSTEM
POWER TRANSMISSION
“N” and “P” Positions
● “N” position
Power from the input shaft is not transmitted to the output shaft because the clutches do not operate.
● “P” position
Similar to the “N” position, the clutches do not operate. The parking pawl engages with the parking gear to
mechanically hold the output shaft so that the power train is locked.
SAT991I
AT-20
OVERALL SYSTEM
“11 ” Position
● Forward clutch As overrun clutch engages, rear internal gear is locked by the operation of low &
A
● Forward one-way clutch reverse brake.
This is different from that of D1 and 21 .
● Overrun clutch
B
● Low and reverse brake
Engine brake Overrun clutch always engages, therefore engine brake can be obtained when deceler-
ating.
AT
SAT374J
AT-21
OVERALL SYSTEM
SAT377J
AT-22
OVERALL SYSTEM
SAT378J
M
AT-23
OVERALL SYSTEM
“D3 ” Position
● High clutch Input power is transmitted to front planetary carrier through high clutch. And front planetary carrier is con-
● Forward clutch nected to rear internal gear by operation of forward clutch and forward one-way clutch.
This rear internal gear rotation and another input (the rear sun gear) accompany rear planetary carrier to
● Forward one-way turn at the same speed.
clutch
Overrun clutch D3 : Overdrive control switch “OFF” and throttle opening is less than 3/16
engagement conditions
SAT379J
AT-24
OVERALL SYSTEM
L
SAT380J
AT-25
OVERALL SYSTEM
“R” Position
● Reverse clutch Front planetary carrier is stationary because of the operation of low & reverse brake.
● Low and reverse brake Input power is transmitted to front sun gear through reverse clutch, which drives front
internal gear in the opposite direction.
As there is no one-way clutch in the power transmission line, engine brake can be
Engine brake
obtained when decelerating.
SAT381J
AT-26
OVERALL SYSTEM
OUTLINE A
The automatic transaxle senses vehicle operating conditions through various switches and sensors. It always
controls the optimum shift position and reduces shifting and lock-up shocks.
SWITCHES & SENSORS TCM ACTUATORS B
Shift control
PNP switch
Line pressure control Shift solenoid valve A
Throttle position sensor*
Lock-up control Shift solenoid valve B AT
Engine speed signal
Overrun clutch control Overrun clutch solenoid valve
A/T fluid temperature sensor
Timing control Torque converter clutch solenoid
Revolution sensor
Fail-safe control valve
Vehicle speed sensor D
Self-diagnosis Line pressure solenoid valve
Overdrive control switch
CONSULT-II communication line O/D OFF indicator lamp
Stop lamp switch
control
E
*: This sensor means Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor.
CONTROL SYSTEM
F
SCIA0690E
AT-27
OVERALL SYSTEM
TCM FUNCTION
The function of the TCM is to:
● Receive input signals sent from various switches and sensors.
● Determine required line pressure, shifting point, lock-up operation, and engine brake operation.
● Send required output signals to the respective solenoid valves.
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL OF TCM
Sensors, switches and solenoid Function
valves
PNP switch Detects select lever position and sends a signal to TCM.
Throttle position sensor (accelerator Detects throttle valve position and sends a signal to TCM.
pedal position (APP) sensor)
Engine speed signal From ECM.
A/T fluid temperature sensor Detects transmission fluid temperature and sends a signal to TCM.
Input Revolution sensor Detects output shaft rpm and sends a signal to TCM.
Used as an auxiliary vehicle speed sensor. Sends a signal when revolution
Vehicle speed sensor
sensor (installed on transmission) malfunctions.
Sends a signal, which prohibits a shift to “D4 ” (overdrive) position, to the
Overdrive control switch
TCM.
Stop lamp switch Releases lock-up system when depressing pedal in lock-up condition.
Selects shifting point suited to driving conditions in relation to a signal sent
Shift solenoid valve A/B
from TCM.
Regulates (or decreases) line pressure suited to driving conditions in relation
Line pressure solenoid valve
to a signal sent from TCM.
Output Torque converter clutch solenoid Regulates (or decreases) lock-up pressure suited to driving conditions in rela-
valve tion to a signal sent from TCM.
Controls an “engine brake” effect suited to driving conditions in relation to a
Overrun clutch solenoid valve
signal sent from TCM.
O/D OFF indicator lamp Shows TCM faults when A/T control components malfunction.
SAT003J
AT-28
OVERALL SYSTEM
AT
SAT004J
D
SAT005J H
At Low Fluid Temperature
● Fluid viscosity and frictional characteristics of the clutch facing change with fluid temperature. Clutch
engaging or band-contacting pressure is compensated for, according to fluid temperature, to stabilize I
shifting quality.
● The line pressure is reduced below 60°C (140°F) to prevent
shifting shock due to low viscosity of automatic transmission J
fluid when temperature is low.
SAT006J
M
● Line pressure is increased to a maximum irrespective of the
throttle opening when fluid temperature drops to −10°C (14°F).
This pressure rise is adopted to prevent a delay in clutch and
brake operation due to extreme drop of fluid viscosity at low
temperature.
SAT007J
AT-29
OVERALL SYSTEM
SHIFT CONTROL
The shift is regulated entirely by electronic control to accommodate vehicle speed and varying engine opera-
tions. This is accomplished by electrical signals transmitted by the revolution sensor and throttle position sen-
sor. This results in improved acceleration performance and fuel economy.
Control of Shift Solenoid Valves A and B
The TCM activates shift solenoid valves A and B according to sig-
nals from the throttle position sensor and revolution sensor to select
the optimum gear position on the basis of the shift schedule memo-
rized in the TCM.
The shift solenoid valve performs simple ON-OFF operation. When
set to “ON”, the drain circuit closes and pilot pressure is applied to
the shift valve.
SAT008J
SAT009J
Pilot pressure generated by the operation of shift solenoid valves A and B is applied to the end face of shift
valves A and B.
The drawing above shows the operation of shift valve B. When the shift solenoid valve is “ON”, pilot pressure
applied to the end face of the shift valve overcomes spring force, moving the valve to right side on illustration.
LOCK-UP CONTROL
The torque converter clutch piston in the torque converter is locked to eliminate torque converter slip to
increase power transmission efficiency. The solenoid valve is controlled by an ON-OFF duty signal sent from
the TCM. The signal is converted to an oil pressure signal which controls the torque converter clutch piston.
Conditions for Lock-Up Operation
When vehicle is driven in 4th gear position, vehicle speed and throttle opening are detected. If the detected
values fall within the lock-up zone memorized in the TCM, lock-up is performed.
Overdrive control switch ON OFF
Selector lever “D” position
Gear position D4 D3
Vehicle speed sensor More than set value
Throttle position sensor Less than set opening
Closed throttle position switch OFF
A/T fluid temperature sensor More than 40°C (104°F)
AT-30
OVERALL SYSTEM
AT
SAT010J
D
SAT011J
H
Torque Converter Clutch Control Valve Operation
MCIB9000E
Lock-up released
L
The OFF-duration of the torque converter clutch solenoid valve is long, and pilot pressure is high. The pilot
pressure pushes the end face of the torque converter clutch control valve in combination with spring force to
move the valve to the left. As a result, converter pressure is applied to chamber A (torque converter clutch pis-
ton release side). Accordingly, the torque converter clutch piston remains unlocked. M
Lock-up applied
When the OFF-duration of the torque converter clutch solenoid valve is short, pilot pressure drains and
becomes low. Accordingly, the control valve moves to the right by the pilot pressure of the other circuit and
converter pressure. As a result, converter pressure is applied to chamber B, keeping the torque converter
clutch piston applied.
Also smooth lock-up is provided by transient application and release of the lock-up.
AT-31
OVERALL SYSTEM
SAT014J
SAT015J
AT-32
OVERALL SYSTEM
SAT016J
AT-33
OVERALL SYSTEM
AT-34
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX
[EURO-OBD]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX
[EURO-OBD] PFP:00000
A
Alphabetical & P No. Index for DTC ECS007NM
DTC D
Items
CONSULT-II Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
GST*1
AT-135, "DTC P0731 A/T 1ST E
A/T 1ST GR FNCTN P0731
GEAR FUNCTION"
AT-141, "DTC P0732 A/T 2ND
A/T 2ND GR FNCTN P0732
GEAR FUNCTION" F
AT-147, "DTC P0733 A/T 3RD
A/T 3RD GR FNCTN P0733
GEAR FUNCTION"
AT-153, "DTC P0734 A/T 4TH G
A/T 4TH GR FNCTN P0734
GEAR FUNCTION"
AT-119, "DTC P0710 A/T FLUID
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 TEMPERATURE SENSOR H
CIRCUIT"
AT-131, "DTC P0725 ENGINE
ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725
SPEED SIGNAL"
I
AT-166, "DTC P0745 LINE
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE"
J
AT-189, "DTC P1760 OVER-
O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC P1760 RUN CLUTCH SOLENOID
VALVE"
AT-113, "DTC P0705 PARK/ K
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP)
SWITCH"
AT-173, "DTC P0750 SHIFT L
SFT SOL A/CIRC*2 P0750
SOLENOID VALVE A"
AT-178, "DTC P0755 SHIFT
SFT SOL B/CIRC*2 P0755
SOLENOID VALVE B" M
AT-161, "DTC P0740 TORQUE
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLE-
NOID VALVE"
AT-183, "DTC P1705 ACCEL-
TP SEN/CIRC A/T*2 P1705 ERATOR PEDAL POSITION
(APP) SENSOR"
AT-125, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE
VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*3 P0720 SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVO-
LUTION SENSOR)"
AT-194, "DTC U1000 CAN
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000
COMMUNICATION LINE"
AT-35
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INDEX
[EURO-OBD]
P NO. INDEX FOR DTC
Check if the vehicle is a model with EURO-OBD system or not by the “Type approval number” on the identifi-
cation plate. Refer to GI-40, "IDENTIFICATION PLATE".
Type approval number Model
Available With EURO-OBD system
Not available (blank) Without EURO-OBD system
DTC
Items
CONSULT-II Reference page
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
GST*1
AT-113, "DTC P0705 PARK/
P0705 PNP SW/CIRC NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP)
SWITCH"
AT-119, "DTC P0710 A/T FLUID
P0710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC TEMPERATURE SENSOR
CIRCUIT"
AT-125, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE
P0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*3 SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVO-
LUTION SENSOR)"
AT-131, "DTC P0725 ENGINE
P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG
SPEED SIGNAL"
AT-135, "DTC P0731 A/T 1ST
P0731 A/T 1ST GR FNCTN
GEAR FUNCTION"
AT-141, "DTC P0732 A/T 2ND
P0732 A/T 2ND GR FNCTN
GEAR FUNCTION"
AT-147, "DTC P0733 A/T 3RD
P0733 A/T 3RD GR FNCTN
GEAR FUNCTION"
AT-153, "DTC P0734 A/T 4TH
P0734 A/T 4TH GR FNCTN
GEAR FUNCTION"
AT-161, "DTC P0740 TORQUE
P0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLE-
NOID VALVE"
AT-166, "DTC P0745 LINE
P0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE"
AT-173, "DTC P0750 SHIFT
P0750 SFT SOL A/CIRC*2 SOLENOID VALVE A"
AT-178, "DTC P0755 SHIFT
P0755 SFT SOL B/CIRC*2 SOLENOID VALVE B"
AT-183, "DTC P1705 ACCEL-
P1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T*2 ERATOR PEDAL POSITION
(APP) SENSOR"
AT-189, "DTC P1760 OVER-
P1760 O/R CLTCH SOL/CIRC RUN CLUTCH SOLENOID
VALVE"
AT-194, "DTC U1000 CAN
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
COMMUNICATION LINE"
AT-36
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION PFP:00000
A
Introduction ECS007NN
AT-37
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC is shown in the following
page. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in SELF
DIAGNOSIS mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II. Time data indi-
cates how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection
of a DTC.
SAT014K
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be “0”.
SAT015K
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be “1t”.
SAT016K
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased.
AT-38
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
HOW TO ERASE DTC
The diagnostic trouble code can be erased by CONSULT-II, GST or ECM DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE as A
described following.
● If the battery terminal is disconnected, the diagnostic trouble code will be lost within 24 hours.
● When you erase the DTC, using CONSULT-II or GST is easier and quicker than switching the mode B
selector on the ECM.
The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared from the ECM memory when erasing DTC
related to EURO-OBD. For details, refer to EC-62, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC AT
INFORMATION" .
● Diagnostic trouble codes (DTC)
● 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes (1st trip DTC) D
● Freeze frame data
● 1st trip freeze frame data
E
● System readiness test (SRT) codes
● Test values
HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH CONSULT-II) F
● If a DTC is displayed for both ECM and TCM, it needs to be erased for both ECM and TCM.
1. If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least
5 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again. G
2. Turn CONSULT-II “ON” and touch “A/T”.
3. Touch “SELF DIAGNOSIS”.
H
4. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the TCM will be erased.) Then touch “BACK” twice.
5. Touch “ENGINE”.
6. Touch “SELF DIAGNOSIS”. I
AT-39
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
7. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
SAT017K
AT-40
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
Malfunction Indicator (MI) ECS007NR
A
1. The malfunction indicator lamp will light up when the ignition
switch is turned ON without the engine running. This is for
checking the lamp.
● If the malfunction indicator does not light up, refer to EC-417 B
or EC-750 .
(Or see MI & CONSULT-II in EC section. Refer to EC-63 , EC-
101 . AT
2. When the engine is started, the malfunction indicator should
turned OFF.
If the lamp remains ON, the on board diagnostic system has D
detected an emission-related (EURO-OBD) malfunction. For SAT652J
After performing “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH CONSULT-II)” AT-41 , place check marks for
results on the “DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET”, AT-57 . Reference pages are provided following the items. F
NOTICE:
1. The CONSULT-II electrically displays shift timing and lock-up timing (that is, operation timing of each sole-
noid valve). G
Check for time difference between actual shift timing and the CONSULT-II display. If the difference is
noticeable, mechanical parts (except solenoid valves, sensors, etc.) may be malfunctioning. Check
mechanical parts using applicable diagnostic procedures.
H
2. Shift schedule (which implies gear position) displayed on CONSULT-II and that indicated in Service Man-
ual may differ slightly. This occurs because of the following reasons:
– Actual shift schedule has more or less tolerance or allowance,
I
– Shift schedule indicated in Service Manual refers to the point where shifts start, and
– Gear position displayed on CONSULT-II indicates the point where shifts are completed.
3. Shift solenoid valve “A” or “B” is displayed on CONSULT-II at the start of shifting. Gear position is dis- J
played upon completion of shifting (which is computed by TCM).
4. Additional CONSULT-II information can be found in the Operation Manual supplied with the CONSULT-II
unit.
K
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH CONSULT-II)
1. Turn on CONSULT-II and touch “ENGINE” for EURO-OBD
detected items or touch “A/T” for TCM self-diagnosis. L
If A/T is not displayed, check TCM power supply and ground cir-
cuit. Refer to AT-106, "TCM Terminals and Reference Value" . If
result is NG, refer to EL-12, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING". M
SAT014K
AT-41
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
2. Touch “SELF DIAGNOSIS”.
Display shows malfunction experienced since the last erasing
operation.
CONSULT-II performs “real time diagnosis”.
Also, any malfunction detected while in this mode will be dis-
played at real time.
SAT987J
AT-42
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
Detected items TCM self-diagnosis EURO-OBD (DTC)
(Screen terms for CONSULT-II, “SELF A
DIAGNOSIS” test mode)
AT-43
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
DATA MONITOR MODE (A/T)
Mover to center Monitor items
AT-44
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
Mover to center Monitor items
A
Item Display TCM Description Remarks
Main Selection
Input
signals from menu
signals
Selector lever posi- SLCT LVR POSI ● Selector lever position ● A specific value used B
tion data, used for computa- for control is displayed if
— X
tion by TCM, is dis- fail-safe is activated due
played. to error. AT
Vehicle speed VEHICLE SPEED ● Vehicle speed data, used
[km/h] or [mph] — X for computation by TCM,
is displayed.
D
TC SLIP ● Ratio of engine revolu-
Torque converter
RATIO — — tion to input shaft revolu-
slip ratio
[0.000] tion of torque converter
E
Difference in revolution Display doesn't indicate o
TC SLIP
Torque converter between input shaft revolu- rpm even if engine is
SPEED — —
slip speed tion and input shaft revolu- stopped.
[rpm]
tion of torque converter But this isn't malfunction. F
Throttle position THROTTLE POSI ● Throttle position data, ● A specific value used
[/8] used for computation by for control is displayed if
— X
TCM, is displayed. fail-safe is activated due G
to error.
Stop lamp switch BRAKE SW ● ON/OFF status is dis-
[ON/OFF] played.
H
ON... Brake pedal is
X —
depressed.
OFF... Brake pedal is
released. I
Line pressure duty LINE PRES DTY ● Control value of line
[%] pressure solenoid valve,
— X computed by TCM from J
each input signal, is dis-
played.
Torque converter TCC S/V DUTY ● Control value of torque
clutch solenoid [%] converter clutch sole-
K
valve duty — X noid valve, computed by
TCM from each input sig-
nal, is displayed. L
Shift solenoid valve SHIFT S/V A ● Control value of shift Control value of solenoid
A [ON/OFF] solenoid valve A, com- is displayed even if sole-
— X
puted by TCM from each noid circuit is discon-
M
input signal, is displayed. nected.
The OFF signal is dis-
Shift solenoid valve SHIFT S/V B ● Control value of shift played if solenoid circuit is
B [ON/OFF] solenoid valve B, com- shorted.
— X
puted by TCM from each
input signal, is displayed.
Overrun clutch sole- OVERRUN/C S/V ● Control value of overrun
noid valve [ON/OFF] clutch solenoid valve
— X computed by TCM from
each input signal is dis-
played.
Self-diagnosis dis- SELF-D DP LMP ● Control status of O/D
play lamp [ON/OFF] OFF indicator lamp is
— X
(O/D OFF indicator displayed.
lamp)
AT-45
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
Mover to center Monitor items
DUTY-HI — —
Duty cycle value for measurement probe is displayed.
DUTY-LOW — —
AT-46
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
DTC WORK SUPPORT MODE WITH CONSULT-II
CONSULT-II Setting Procedure A
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Connect CONSULT-II to data link connector which is located in
left or right side lower dash panel. B
AT
MCIB9002E
E
3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
4. Touch “START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)”.
F
SAIA0450E
I
5. Touch “A/T”.
L
SAT014K
SCIA5358E
AT-47
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
7. Touch select item menu (1ST, 2ND, etc.).
SAT018K
8. Touch “START”.
SAT589J
SAT019K
SAT591J
SAT592J
AT-48
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
AT
SAT593J
11. Perform test drive to check gear shift feeling in accordance with D
instructions displayed.
G
SAT594J
SAT595J
K
13. CONSULT-II procedure ended.
SAT596J
SAT593J
AT-49
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
DTC WORK SUPPORT MODE
DTC work support item Description Check items (Possible cause)
Following items for “A/T 1st gear function (P0731)” can be con- ● Shift solenoid valve A
firmed.
● Shift solenoid valve B
1ST GR FNCTN P0731 ● Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being conducted
or not) ● Each clutch
Following items for “A/T 2nd gear function (P0732)” can be con-
firmed. ● Shift solenoid valve B
2ND GR FNCTN P0732 ● Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being conducted ● Each clutch
or not) ● Hydraulic control circuit
● Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG)
Following items for “A/T 3rd gear function (P0733)” can be con-
firmed. ● Shift solenoid valve A
3RD GR FNCTN P0733 ● Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being conducted ● Each clutch
or not) ● Hydraulic control circuit
● Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG)
● Shift solenoid valve A
Following items for “A/T 4th gear function (P0734)” can be con- ● Shift solenoid valve B
firmed.
● Overrun clutch solenoid valve
4TH GR FNCTN P0734 ● Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being conducted
or not) ● Line pressure solenoid valve
AT-50
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)
A
1. CHECK O/D OFF INDICATOR LAMP
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position. B
Wait 5 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch to “ACC” position.
4. Set overdrive control switch to “ON” position. AT
5. Move selector lever to “P” position.
6. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position. (Do not start engine.)
D
SAT774B
F
7. Does O/D OFF indicator lamp come on for about 2 seconds?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2 G
No >> Go to AT-213, "1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not
Come On" .
H
I
MCIA3103E
>> GO TO 3 M
SAT653E
AT-51
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
3. JUDGEMENT PROCEDURE STEP 2
1. Move selector lever to “2” position.
2. Set overdrive control switch to “ON” position.
>> GO TO 4
SAT780B
>> GO TO 5
SAT781B
>> GO TO 6
SAT981F
MCIA3103E
AT-52
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
JUDGEMENT OF SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE
O/D OFF indicator lamp:
A
All judgement flickers are the same. 1st judgement flicker is longer than others.
AT
SCIA0694E SCIA0695E
E
All circuits that can be confirmed by self-diagnosis are OK. Revolution sensor circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
Þ Go to DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLU-
TION SENSOR). F
Refer to AT-125
2nd judgement flicker is longer than others. 3rd judgement flicker is longer than others.
G
SCIA0696E SCIA0697E J
Vehicle speed sensor circuit is short-circuited or disconnected. Throttle position sensor circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
Þ Go to DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR. Þ Go to DTC P1705 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSI-
K
Refer to AT-203 TION(APP)SENSOR
Refer to AT-183
4th judgement flicker is longer than others. 5th judgement flicker is longer than others.
L
SCIA0698E SCIA0699E
Shift solenoid valve A circuit is short-circuited or disconnected. Shift solenoid valve B circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
Þ Go to DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A. Þ Go to DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B.
Refer to AT-173 Refer to AT-178
AT-53
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
O/D OFF indicator lamp:
6th judgement flicker is longer than others. 7th judgement flicker is longer than others.
SCIA0700E SCIA0701E
Overrun clutch solenoid valve circuit is short-circuited or discon- Torque converter clutch solenoid valve circuit is short-circuited or
nected. disconnected.
Þ Go to DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE. Þ Go to DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLE-
Refer to AT-189 NOID VALVE.
Refer to AT-161
8th judgement flicker is longer than others. 9th judgement flicker is longer than others.
SCIA0702E SCIA0703E
A/T fluid temperature sensor is disconnected or TCM power Engine speed signal circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
source circuit is damaged. Þ Go to DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL.
Þ Go to DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SEN- Refer to AT-131
SOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POWER SOURCE).
Refer to AT-197
AT-54
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
O/D OFF indicator lamp:
A
10th judgement flicker is longer than others. 11th judgement flicker is longer than others.
AT
D
SCIA0704E SCIA0705E
Line pressure solenoid valve circuit is short-circuited or discon- The ECM-AT communication line is open or shorted.
E
nected. ÞGo to DTC U1000 CAN COMMNICATION LINE.
Þ Go to DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE. Refer to AT-194
Refer to AT-166
F
Lamp comes off. Flickers as shown below.
SCIA0706E SAT804H
J
PNP switch, overdrive control switch or throttle position switch cir- Battery power is low.
cuit is disconnected or TCM is damaged. Battery has been disconnected for a long time.
Þ Go to 21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP & Battery is connected conversely.
Overdrive Control Switches, and Throttle Position Sensor (When reconnecting TCM connectors.—This is not a problem). K
Circuit Checks).
Refer to AT-239
t1 = 2.5 seconds t2 = 2.0 seconds t3 = 1.0 second t4 = 1.0 second L
AT-55
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
[EURO-OBD]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION PFP:00000
Introduction ECS007NU
The TCM receives a signal from the vehicle speed sensor, throttle
position sensor or PNP switch and provides shift control or lock-up
control via A/T solenoid valves.
The TCM also communicates with the ECM by means of a signal
sent from sensing elements used with the EURO-OBD related parts
of the A/T system for malfunction-diagnostic purposes. The TCM is
capable of diagnosing malfunctioning parts while the ECM can store
malfunctions in its memory.
Input and output signals must always be correct and stable in the
operation of the A/T system. The A/T system must be in good oper-
ating condition and be free of valve seizure, solenoid valve malfunc-
SAT631IA
tion, etc.
It is much more difficult to diagnose a problem that occurs intermit-
tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent problems are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace-
ment of good parts.
A visual check only, may not find the cause of the problems. A road
test with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the “Work Flow”. Refer to AT-60, "Work Flow" .
SAT632I
AT-56
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
[EURO-OBD]
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Information from Customer A
KEY POINTS
● WHAT..... Vehicle & A/T model
B
● WHEN..... Date, Frequencies
● WHERE..... Road conditions
● HOW..... Operating conditions, Symptoms AT
Customer name MR/MS Model & Year VIN
Trans. model Engine Mileage
D
Incident Date Manuf. Date In Service Date
Frequency ❏ Continuous ❏ Intermittent ( times a day)
Symptoms ❏ Vehicle does not move. (❏ Any position ❏ Particular position) E
❏ No up-shift (❏ 1st → 2nd ❏ 2nd → 3rd ❏ 3rd → O/D)
❏ No down-shift (❏ O/D → 3rd ❏ 3rd → 2nd ❏ 2nd → 1st)
❏ Lockup malfunction F
❏ Shift point too high or too low.
❏ Shift shock or slip (❏ N → D ❏ Lockup ❏ Any drive position)
G
❏ Noise or vibration
❏ No kick down
❏ No pattern select H
❏ Others
( )
O/D OFF indicator lamp Blinks for about 8 seconds. I
❏ Continuously lit ❏ Not lit
Malfunction indicator (MI) ❏ Continuously lit ❏ Not lit J
AT-57
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
[EURO-OBD]
Diagnostic Worksheet
1. ❏ Read the Fail-safe and listen to customer complaints. AT-57, "Infor-
mation from
Customer"
2. ❏ CHECK A/T FLUID AT-63, "A/T
Fluid Check"
❏ Leakage (Follow specified procedure)
❏ Fluid condition
❏ Fluid level
3. ❏ Perform STALL TEST and LINE PRESSURE TEST. AT-64, "Stall
Test", AT-67,
❏ Stall test — Mark possible damaged components/others.
"Line Pres-
❏ Torque converter one-way clutch ❏ Low & reverse brake sure Test"
❏ Reverse clutch ❏ Low one-way clutch
❏ Forward clutch ❏ Engine
❏ Overrun clutch ❏ Line pressure is low
❏ Forward one-way clutch ❏ Clutches and brakes except high clutch and
brake band are OK
❏ Line Pressure test — Suspected parts:
4. ❏ Perform all ROAD TEST and mark required procedures. AT-68, "Road
Test"
4- Check before engine is started. AT-70, "1.
1. CHECK
❏ SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE/DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCE-
BEFORE
DURE. — Mark detected items.
ENGINE IS
❏ PNP switch, AT-113 . STARTED"
❏ A/T fluid temperature sensor, AT-119 .
❏ Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution sensor), AT-125 .
❏ Engine speed signal, AT-131 .
❏ Torque converter clutch solenoid valve, AT-161 .
❏ Line pressure solenoid valve, AT-166 .
❏ Shift solenoid valve A, AT-173 .
❏ Shift solenoid valve B, AT-178 .
❏ Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor, AT-183 .
❏ Overrun clutch solenoid valve, AT-189 .
❏ PNP & overdrive control switches, and throttle position sensor, AT-239 .
❏ Batt/fluid temp sen (A/T fluid temperature sensor and TCM power source), AT-197 .
❏ Vehicle speed sensor·MTR, AT-203 .
❏ CAN communication line, AT-194 .
❏ Control unit (RAM), control unit (ROM), AT-207 .
❏ Control unit (EEP ROM), AT-209 .
❏ Battery
❏ Others
4- Check at idle AT-71, "2.
2. CHECK AT
❏ 1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On, AT-213 .
IDLE"
❏ 2. Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” And “N” Position, AT-214 .
❏ 3. In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves Forward Or Backward When Pushed, AT-215 .
❏ 4. In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves, AT-216 .
❏ 5. Large Shock. “N” → “R” Position, AT-217 .
❏ 6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position, AT-218 .
❏ 7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position, AT-221 .
AT-58
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
[EURO-OBD]
4. 4- Cruise test AT-74, "3.
3. CRUISE A
Part-1
TEST"
❏ 8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 , AT-223 . AT-78,
❏ 9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 → D2 , AT-225 . "Cruise Test
❏ 10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 , AT-227 . — Part 1" B
❏ 11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 , AT-229 .
❏ 12. A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up, AT-232 .
❏ 13. A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition, AT-233 .
❏ 14. Lock-up Is Not Released, AT-234 .
AT
❏ 15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3 ), AT-235 .
Part-2 AT-81,
"Cruise Test D
❏ 16. Vehicle Does Not Start From D1 , AT-236 .
— Part 2"
❏ 9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 → D2 , AT-225 .
❏ 10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 , AT-227 .
❏ 11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 , AT-229 . E
Part-3 AT-83,
"Cruise Test
❏ 17. A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D3 When Overdrive Control Switch “ON” → “OFF”, AT-237 .
— Part 3"
❏ 15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3 ), AT-235 . F
❏ 18. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → 22 , When Selector Lever “D” → “2” Position, AT-237 .
❏ 15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3 ), AT-235 .
❏ 19. A/T Does Not Shift: 22 → 11 , When Selector Lever “2” → “1” Position, AT-238 .
❏ 20. Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake, AT-239 . G
❏ 21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP & Overdrive Control Switches, and Throttle Position
Sensor Circuit Checks), AT-239 .
❏ SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE/DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCE-
DURE — Mark detected items.
H
AT-59
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
[EURO-OBD]
8. ❏ Perform the Diagnostic Procedures for all remaining items marked NG. Repair or replace the damaged parts. AT-7, "Ser-
Refer to the Symptom Chart when you perform the procedures. (The chart also shows some other possible vice Notice or
symptoms and the component inspection orders.) Precautions"
9. ❏ Erase DTC from TCM and ECM memories. AT-39, "HOW
TO ERASE
DTC"
AT-60
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
[EURO-OBD]
WORK FLOW CHART
A
AT
SAT183K
AT-61
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
[EURO-OBD]
*1: AT-57, "Information from Customer" *2: AT-58, "Diagnostic Worksheet" *3: AT-7, "Service Notice or Precau-
tions"
*4: AT-63, "A/T Fluid Check" *5: AT-64, "Stall Test" and AT-67, "Line Pressure *6: AT-68, "Road Test"
Test"
*7: AT-41, "CONSULT-II" *8: AT-37, "ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM *9: AT-50, "Diagnostic Procedure
DESCRIPTION" Without CONSULT-II"
*10: AT-113, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEU- *11: AT-125, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED *12: AT-213, "1. O/D OFF Indicator
TRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH" SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" Lamp Does Not Come On"
and AT-207, "DTC CONTROL UNIT (RAM),
CONTROL UNIT (ROM)" to AT-209, "DTC
CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM)"
*13: AT-239, "20. Vehicle Does Not *14: AT-86, "Symptom Chart" *15: AT-39, "HOW TO ERASE DTC"
Decelerate By Engine Brake"
*16: AT-113, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEU- *17: AT-125, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED *18: EC-452, "Emission-related Diag-
TRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH" SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" nostic Information"
and AT-207, "DTC CONTROL UNIT (RAM),
CONTROL UNIT (ROM)" to AT-209, "DTC
CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM)"
AT-62
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EURO-OBD]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION PFP:00000
A
A/T Fluid Check ECS007NW
SAT767B
E
4. Check for fluid leakage.
H
SAT288G
SAT638A
AT-63
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EURO-OBD]
Stall Test ECS007NX
SAT647B
SAT513G
SAT514G
Stall revolution:
QG18DE 2,300 - 2,750 rpm
8. Move selector lever to “N” position.
9. Cool off ATF.
● Run engine at idle for at least one minute.
10. Repeat steps 5 through 9 with selector lever in “2”, “1” and “R”
positions.
SAT771B
AT-64
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EURO-OBD]
JUDGEMENT OF STALL TEST
The test result and possible damaged components relating to each result are shown in the illustrations on next A
page.
In order to pinpoint the possible damaged components, follow the WORK FLOW shown in AT-60, "Work Flow"
(EURO-OBD). B
NOTE:
Stall revolution is too high in “D”, “2” or “1” position:
● Slippage occurs in 1st gear but not in 2nd and 3rd gears...... Low one-way clutch slippage AT
● Slippage occurs in the following gears:
1st through 3rd gears in “D” position and engine brake functions with overdrive control switch set to
“OFF”. D
1st and 2nd gears in “2” position and engine brake functions with accelerator pedal released (fully closed
throttle)...... Forward clutch or forward one-way clutch slippage
Stall revolution is too high in R position:
E
● Engine brake does not function in “1” position...... Low & reverse brake slippage
● Engine brake functions in “1” position...... Reverse clutch slippage
Stall revolution within specifications: F
● Vehicle does not achieve speed of more than 80 km/h (50 MPH)...... One-way clutch seizure in torque
converter housing
CAUTION: G
Be careful since automatic fluid temperature increases abnormally.
● Slippage occurs in 3rd and 4th gears in “D” position...... High clutch slippage
● Slippage occurs in 2nd and 4th gear in “D” position...... Brake band slippage H
● Engine brake does not function in 2nd and 3rd gears in “D” position, 2nd gear in “2” position, and 1st gear
in “1” position with overdrive control switch set to “OFF”.
Stall revolution less than specifications: I
● Poor acceleration during starts...... One-way clutch seizure in torque converter
AT-65
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EURO-OBD]
SCIA0707E
AT-66
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EURO-OBD]
Line Pressure Test ECS007NY
AT
D
SAT561J
H
SAT647B
UAT008
L
SAT493G
AT-67
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EURO-OBD]
JUDGEMENT OF LINE PRESSURE TEST
Judgement Suspected parts
Line pressure is low in all positions. ● Oil pump wear
● Control piston damage
● Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
● Spring for pressure regulator valve damaged
● Line pressure leakage between oil strainer and pressure regulator valve
● Clogged strainer
Line pressure is low in particular posi- ● Line pressure leakage between manual valve and particular clutch
tion. ● For example, line pressure is:
− Low in “R” and “1” positions, but
At idle − Normal in “D” and “2” positions.
Therefore, fluid leakage exists at or around low and reverse brake circuit.
Refer to AT-18, "Shift Mechanism" .
Line pressure is high. ● Maladjustment of throttle position sensor
● A/T fluid temperature sensor damaged
● Line pressure solenoid valve sticking
● Short circuit of line pressure solenoid valve circuit
● Pressure modifier valve sticking
● Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
● Open in dropping resistor circuit
Line pressure is low. ● Maladjustment of throttle position sensor
● Line pressure solenoid valve sticking
At stall ● Short circuit of line pressure solenoid valve circuit
speed ● Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking
● Pressure modifier valve sticking
● Pilot valve sticking
DESCRIPTION
● The purpose of the test is to determine overall performance of A/
T and analyze causes of problems.
● The road test consists of the following three parts:
1. Check before engine is started
2. Check at idle
3. Cruise test
SAT786A
● Before road test, familiarize yourself with all test procedures and
items to check.
● Conduct tests on all items until specified symptom is found.
Troubleshoot items which check out No Good after road test.
Refer to the following items.
SAT496G
AT-68
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EURO-OBD]
AT-69
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EURO-OBD]
1. CHECK BEFORE ENGINE IS STARTED
SAT774B
MCIA3103E
AT-70
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EURO-OBD]
2. CHECK AT IDLE
A
1. CHECK ENGINE START
1. Park vehicle on flat surface. B
2. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
3. Move selector lever to “P” or “N” position.
AT
4. Turn ignition switch to “START” position.
5. Is engine started?
Yes or No
D
Yes >> GO TO 2
No >> Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET.Go to
“2 Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” and “N” Position”,
AT-214 . Continue ROAD TEST. Refer to AT-68, "Road E
Test" .
SAT769B
F
2. CHECK ENGINE START
1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position. G
2. Move selector lever to “D”, “1”, “2” or “R” position.
3. Turn ignition switch to “START” position.
4. Is engine started? H
Yes or No
Yes >> Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET. Go
To “2. Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” and “N” Posi- I
tion”, AT-214 . Continue ROAD TEST. Refer to AT-68,
"Road Test" .
No >> GO TO 3 J
SAT770B
AT-71
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EURO-OBD]
3. CHECK VEHICLE MOVE
1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
2. Move selector lever to “P” position.
3. Release parking brake.
4. Push vehicle forward or backward.
SAT768B
SAT796A
SAT771B
AT-72
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EURO-OBD]
5. CHECK SHIFT SHOCK A
1. Apply foot brake.
AT
D
SAT797A
SAT772B
H
AT-73
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EURO-OBD]
3. CRUISE TEST
● Check all items listed in Parts 1 through 3.
SAT601J
With CONSULT-II
● Using CONSULT-II, conduct a cruise test and record the result.
● Print the result and ensure that shifts and lock-ups take place as per Shift Schedule.
CONSULT-II Setting Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Connect CONSULT-II to data link connector, which is located in
left side lower dash panel.
3. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
MCIB9002E
MBIB0233E
5. Touch “A/T”.
SAT014K
AT-74
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EURO-OBD]
6. Touch “DATA MONITOR”.
A
AT
SAT971J
D
7. Touch “MAIN SIGNALS” or “TCM INPUT SIGNALS”.
8. Select “Numerical Display”, “Barchart Display” or “Line Graph
Display”. E
G
SAT175K
K
SAT973J
SAT134K
AT-75
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EURO-OBD]
12. After finishing cruise test part 1, touch “STOP”.
SAT135K
SAT987J
SAT974J
SAT975J
AT-76
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EURO-OBD]
Without CONSULT-II
A
● Throttle position sensor can be checked by voltage across termi-
nals 41 and 42 of TCM.
AT
D
SCIA0710E
AT-77
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EURO-OBD]
Cruise Test — Part 1
SAT774B
SAT775B
SAT495G
AT-78
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EURO-OBD]
2. CHECK SHIFT UP (D1 TO D2 )
A
Does A/T shift from D1 to D2 at the specified speed?
Read gear position, throttle opening and vehicle speed.
B
Specified speed when shifting from D1 to D2 :
Refer to AT-518, "Shift Schedule" .
Yes or No AT
Yes >> GO TO 3
No >> Go To “9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does Not
Kickdown: D4 → D2 ”, AT-225 . Continue ROAD TEST. D
Refer to AT-68, "Road Test" .
SAT954I
E
SAT955I
J
4. CHECK SHIFT UP (D3 TO D4 )
SAT956I
AT-79
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EURO-OBD]
5. CHECK LOCK-UP (D4 TO D4 L/U)
SAT957I
SAT958I
SAT959I
AT-80
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EURO-OBD]
Cruise Test — Part 2
A
1. CHECK STARTING GEAR (D1 ) POSITION
1. Confirm overdrive control switch is in “ON” position. B
2. Confirm selector lever is in “D” position.
3. Accelerate vehicle by half throttle again.
AT
4. Does vehicle start from D1 ?
Read gear position.
Yes or No D
Yes >> GO TO 2
No >> Go To “16. Vehicle Does Not Start From D1 ”, AT-236 .
Continue ROAD TEST. Refer to AT-68, "Road Test" . E
SAT495G
SAT404H
L
3. CHECK SHIFT UP (D2 TO D3 )
SAT960I
AT-81
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EURO-OBD]
4. CHECK SHIFT UP (D3 TO D4 ) AND ENGINE BRAKE
SAT405H
AT-82
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EURO-OBD]
Cruise Test — Part 3
A
1. CHECK SHIFT DOWN (D4 TO D3 )
SAT812A
F
4. Release accelerator pedal.
SAT813A
J
5. Set overdrive control switch to “OFF” position while driving in D4
.
K
M
SAT776BA
AT-83
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EURO-OBD]
2. CHECK ENGINE BRAKE
Does vehicle decelerate by engine brake?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3
No >> Go To “15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light
Braking D4 → D3 )”, AT-235 . Continue ROAD TEST.
Refer to AT-68, "Road Test" .
SAT776BA
1. Move selector lever from “D” to “2” position while driving in D3 (O/D OFF).
2. Does A/T shift from D3 (O/D OFF) to 22 ?
Read gear position.
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4
No >> Go To “18. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D2 , When Selec-
tor Lever “D” → “2” Position”, AT-237 . Continue ROAD
TEST. Refer to AT-68, "Road Test" .
SAT791GA
SAT791GA
SAT778B
AT-84
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EURO-OBD]
6. CHECK ENGINE BRAKE A
Does vehicle decelerate by engine brake?
Yes or No
Yes >> 1. Stop vehicle. B
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
EURO-OBD: Refer to AT-51, "TCM SELF-DIAGNOS-
TIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)" . AT
No >> Go To “20. Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine
Brake”, AT-239 . Continue ROAD TEST. Refer to AT-68,
"Road Test" . D
SAT778B
AT-85
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION PFP:00000
AT-86
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
Reference Page
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item A
EURO-OBD
AT-411, "Control Cable
1. Control cable adjustment
Adjustment"
B
2. Line pressure test AT-67, "Line Pressure Test"
AT-166, "DTC P0745 LINE
ON vehicle 3. Line pressure solenoid valve PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE"
AT
Vehicle will not run in “R” position AT-409, "Control Valve
(but runs in “D”, “2” and “1” posi- 4. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tions). Clutch slips. tors" D
Very poor acceleration.
5. Reverse clutch AT-458, "Reverse Clutch"
AT-218, "6. Vehicle Does Not Creep
Backward In “R” Position" 6. High clutch AT-462, "High Clutch"
E
AT-467, "Forward and
7. Forward clutch
Overrun Clutches"
OFF vehicle
AT-467, "Forward and
8. Overrun clutch F
Overrun Clutches"
AT-473, "Low & Reverse
9. Low & reverse brake
Brake"
G
1. Fluid level AT-63, "A/T Fluid Check"
AT-411, "Control Cable
2. Control cable adjustment
Adjustment"
H
3. Line pressure test AT-67, "Line Pressure Test"
ON vehicle AT-166, "DTC P0745 LINE
4. Line pressure solenoid valve PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE"
I
AT-409, "Control Valve
Vehicle braked when shifting into
5. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
“R” position. J
tors"
6. High clutch AT-462, "High Clutch"
AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
7. Brake band K
ton Assembly"
OFF vehicle AT-467, "Forward and
8. Forward clutch
Overrun Clutches"
L
AT-467, "Forward and
9. Overrun clutch
Overrun Clutches"
AT-87
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
Reference Page
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
EURO-OBD
EC-44, "Idle Speed and
1. Engine idling rpm
Ignition Timing Check"
AT-183, "DTC P1705
2. Throttle position sensor [Accelerator ACCELERATOR PEDAL
pedal position (APP) sensor] POSITION (APP) SEN-
SOR"
3. Line pressure test AT-67, "Line Pressure Test"
AT-197, "DTC BATT/FLUID
TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID
4. A/T fluid temp sen circ and TCM pow sour TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT
AND TCM POWER
ON vehicle SOURCE)"
Sharp shock in shifting from “N” to
AT-131, "DTC P0725
“D” position. 5. Engine speed signal
ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL"
AT-166, "DTC P0745 LINE
6. Line pressure solenoid valve PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE"
AT-409, "Control Valve
7. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-409, "Control Valve
8. Accumulator N-D Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-467, "Forward and
OFF vehicle 9. Forward clutch
Overrun Clutches"
AT-411, "Control Cable
ON vehicle 1. Control cable adjustment
Adjustment"
Vehicle will not run in “D” and “2” AT-416, "OVERHAUL", AT-
positions (but runs in “1” and “R” 420, "Locations of Adjust-
positions). OFF vehicle 2. Low one-way clutch ing Shims, Needle Bear-
ings, Thrust Washers and
Snap Rings"
AT-63, "FLUID LEVEL
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
2. Line pressure test AT-67, "Line Pressure Test"
AT-166, "DTC P0745 LINE
Vehicle will not run in “D”, “1”, “2”
3. Line pressure solenoid valve PRESSURE SOLENOID
positions (but runs in “R” position).
VALVE"
Clutch slips. Very poor acceleration. ON vehicle
AT-221, "7. Vehicle Does Not Creep AT-409, "Control Valve
Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position" 4. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-409, "Control Valve
5. Accumulator N-D Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
6. Reverse clutch AT-458, "Reverse Clutch"
7. High clutch AT-462, "High Clutch"
AT-467, "Forward and
Vehicle will not run in “D”, “1”, “2” 8. Forward clutch
Overrun Clutches"
positions (but runs in “R” position).
Clutch slips. Very poor acceleration. OFF vehicle 9. Forward one-way clutch AT-416, "OVERHAUL"
AT-221, "7. Vehicle Does Not Creep
AT-416, "OVERHAUL", AT-
Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position"
420, "Locations of Adjust-
10. Low one-way clutch ing Shims, Needle Bear-
ings, Thrust Washers and
Snap Rings"
AT-88
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
Reference Page
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item A
EURO-OBD
AT-63, "FLUID LEVEL
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
B
AT-411, "Control Cable
2. Control cable adjustment
Adjustment"
AT-183, "DTC P1705
3. Throttle position sensor [Accelerator ACCELERATOR PEDAL
AT
pedal position (APP) sensor] POSITION (APP) SEN-
SOR"
4. Line pressure test AT-67, "Line Pressure Test" D
ON vehicle
AT-166, "DTC P0745 LINE
5. Line pressure solenoid valve PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE" E
AT-409, "Control Valve
Clutches or brakes slip somewhat in 6. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
starting. tors"
F
AT-409, "Control Valve
7. Accumulator N-D Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
G
AT-467, "Forward and
8. Forward clutch
Overrun Clutches"
9. Reverse clutch AT-458, "Reverse Clutch"
H
AT-473, "Low & Reverse
10. Low & reverse brake
Brake"
OFF vehicle
11. Oil pump AT-438, "Oil Pump"
I
AT-420, "Locations of
Adjusting Shims, Needle
12. Torque converter
Bearings, Thrust Washers
and Snap Rings" J
EC-44, "Idle Speed and
Excessive creep. ON vehicle 1. Engine idling rpm
Ignition Timing Check"
AT-63, "FLUID LEVEL K
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
AT-67, "LINE PRESSURE
2. Line pressure test
ON vehicle TEST PROCEDURE" L
AT-409, "Control Valve
No creep at all. 3. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
AT-218, "6. Vehicle Does Not Creep tors" M
Backward In “R” Position" and AT- AT-467, "Forward and
221, "7. Vehicle Does Not Creep 4. Forward clutch
Overrun Clutches"
Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position"
AT-438, "Oil Pump"
5. Oil pump
OFF vehicle
AT-420, "Locations of
Adjusting Shims, Needle
6. Torque converter
Bearings, Thrust Washers
and Snap Rings"
AT-89
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
Reference Page
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
EURO-OBD
AT-411, "Park/Neutral Posi-
tion (PNP) Switch Adjust-
1. PNP switch adjustment
ment"
AT-90
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
Reference Page
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item A
EURO-OBD
AT-411, "Park/Neutral Posi-
1. PNP switch adjustment tion (PNP) Switch Adjust-
ment" B
AT-411, "Control Cable
2. Control cable adjustment
Adjustment"
AT-173, "DTC P0750
AT
3. Shift solenoid valve A SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
A"
AT-125, "DTC P0720 VEHI- D
ON vehicle
Failure to change gear from “D3 ” to CLE SPEED SENSOR A/T
“D4 ”. 4. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution (REVOLUTION SEN-
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR SOR)", AT-203, "DTC
VEHICLE SPEED SEN- E
SOR MTR"
AT-197, "DTC BATT/FLUID
TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID F
5. A/T fluid temp sen circ and TCM pow sour TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT
AND TCM POWER
SOURCE)"
G
AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
OFF vehicle 6. Brake band
ton Assembly"
AT-183, "DTC P1705
1.Throttle position sensor [Accelerator pedal ACCELERATOR PEDAL
H
position (APP) sensor] POSITION (APP) SEN-
SOR"
Too high a gear change point from AT-125, "DTC P0720 VEHI- I
“D1 ” to “D2 ”, from “D2 ” to “D3 ”, CLE SPEED SENSOR A/T
from “D3 ” to “D4 ”. 2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution (REVOLUTION SEN-
AT-225, "9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR SOR)", AT-203, "DTC
ON vehicle VEHICLE SPEED SEN- J
→ D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 →
D2", AT-227, "10. A/T Does Not SOR MTR"
Shift: D2 → D3" and AT-229, "11. A/ AT-173, "DTC P0750
T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4" 3. Shift solenoid valve A SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE K
A"
AT-178, "DTC P0755
4. Shift solenoid valve B SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE L
B"
AT-63, "FLUID LEVEL
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
M
ON vehicle AT-409, "Control Valve
Gear change directly from “D1 ” to
2. Accumulator servo release Assembly and Accumula-
“D3 ” occurs.
tors"
AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
OFF vehicle 3. Brake band
ton Assembly"
AT-91
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
Reference Page
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
EURO-OBD
EC-44, "Idle Speed and
1. Engine idling rpm
Ignition Timing Check"
AT-161, "DTC P0740
TORQUE CONVERTER
2. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
ON vehicle CLUTCH SOLENOID
VALVE"
Engine stops when shifting lever
into “R”, “D”, “2” and “1”. AT-409, "Control Valve
3. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-420, "Locations of
Adjusting Shims, Needle
OFF vehicle 4. Torque converter
Bearings, Thrust Washers
and Snap Rings"
AT-183, "DTC P1705
1. Throttle position sensor [Accelerator ACCELERATOR PEDAL
pedal position (APP) sensor] POSITION (APP) SEN-
SOR"
2. Line pressure test AT-67, "Line Pressure Test"
AT-409, "Control Valve
3. Accumulator servo release Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
ON vehicle
Too sharp a shock in change from AT-409, "Control Valve
“D1 ” to “D2 ”. 4. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-197, "DTC BATT/FLUID
TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID
5. A/T fluid temp sen circ and TCM pow sour TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT
AND TCM POWER
SOURCE)"
AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
OFF vehicle 6. Brake band
ton Assembly"
AT-183, "DTC P1705
1. Throttle position sensor [Accelerator ACCELERATOR PEDAL
pedal position (APP) sensor] POSITION (APP) SEN-
SOR"
ON vehicle
2. Line pressure test AT-67, "Line Pressure Test"
Too sharp a shock in change from
AT-409, "Control Valve
“D2 ” to “D3 ”.
3. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
4. High clutch AT-462, "High Clutch"
OFF vehicle AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
5. Brake band
ton Assembly"
AT-183, "DTC P1705
1. Throttle position sensor [Accelerator ACCELERATOR PEDAL
pedal position (APP) sensor] POSITION (APP) SEN-
SOR"
ON vehicle
2. Line pressure test AT-67, "Line Pressure Test"
Too sharp a shock in change from AT-409, "Control Valve
“D3 ” to “D4 ”. 3. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
4. Brake band
ton Assembly"
OFF vehicle
AT-467, "Forward and
5. Overrun clutch
Overrun Clutches"
AT-92
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
Reference Page
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item A
EURO-OBD
AT-63, "FLUID LEVEL
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
B
AT-183, "DTC P1705
2. Throttle position sensor [Accelerator ACCELERATOR PEDAL
pedal position (APP) sensor] POSITION (APP) SEN-
SOR" AT
ON vehicle 3. Line pressure test AT-67, "Line Pressure Test"
Almost no shock or clutches slipping
in change from “D1 ” to “D2 ”. AT-409, "Control Valve
4. Accumulator servo release Assembly and Accumula- D
tors"
AT-409, "Control Valve
5. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula- E
tors"
AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
OFF vehicle 6. Brake band
ton Assembly"
F
AT-63, "FLUID LEVEL
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
AT-183, "DTC P1705
G
2. Throttle position sensor [Accelerator ACCELERATOR PEDAL
pedal position (APP) sensor] POSITION (APP) SEN-
ON vehicle SOR"
Almost no shock or slipping in 3. Line pressure test AT-67, "Line Pressure Test" H
change from “D2 ” to “D3 ”.
AT-409, "Control Valve
4. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors" I
5. High clutch AT-462, "High Clutch"
OFF vehicle AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
6. Brake band J
ton Assembly"
AT-63, "FLUID LEVEL
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
AT-183, "DTC P1705 K
2. Throttle position sensor [Accelerator ACCELERATOR PEDAL
pedal position (APP) sensor] POSITION (APP) SEN-
ON vehicle SOR" L
Almost no shock or slipping in 3. Line pressure test AT-67, "Line Pressure Test"
change from “D3 ” to “D4 ”.
AT-409, "Control Valve
4. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula- M
tors"
5. High clutch AT-462, "High Clutch"
OFF vehicle AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
6. Brake band
ton Assembly"
AT-63, "FLUID LEVEL
ON vehicle 1. Fluid level
CHECK"
2. Reverse clutch AT-458, "Reverse Clutch"
AT-473, "Low & Reverse
3. Low & reverse brake
Brake"
Vehicle braked by gear change from
“D1 ” to “D2 ”. 4. High clutch AT-462, "High Clutch"
OFF vehicle
AT-416, "OVERHAUL", AT-
420, "Locations of Adjust-
5. Low one-way clutch ing Shims, Needle Bear-
ings, Thrust Washers and
Snap Rings"
AT-93
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
Reference Page
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
EURO-OBD
AT-63, "FLUID LEVEL
ON vehicle 1. Fluid level
Vehicle braked by gear change from CHECK"
“D2 ” to “D3 ”. AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
OFF vehicle 2. Brake band
ton Assembly"
AT-63, "FLUID LEVEL
ON vehicle 1. Fluid level
CHECK"
AT-94
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
Reference Page
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item A
EURO-OBD
AT-63, "FLUID LEVEL
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
B
AT-183, "DTC P1705
2. Throttle position sensor [Accelerator ACCELERATOR PEDAL
pedal position (APP) sensor] POSITION (APP) SEN-
SOR" AT
AT-189, "DTC P1760
3. Overrun clutch solenoid valve OVERRUN CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE" D
ON vehicle AT-173, "DTC P0750
4. Shift solenoid valve A SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
Failure to change gear from “D4 ” to A"
“D3 ”. E
AT-166, "DTC P0745 LINE
5. Line pressure solenoid valve PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE"
AT-409, "Control Valve
F
Assembly and Accumula-
6. Control valve assembly
tors"
G
AT-473, "Low & Reverse
7. Low & reverse brake
Brake"
OFF vehicle
AT-467, "Forward and H
8. Overrun clutch
Overrun Clutches"
AT-63, "FLUID LEVEL
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
I
AT-183, "DTC P1705
2. Throttle position sensor [Accelerator ACCELERATOR PEDAL
pedal position (APP) sensor] POSITION (APP) SEN-
SOR" J
AT-173, "DTC P0750
ON vehicle 3. Shift solenoid valve A SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
Failure to change gear from “D3 ” to
A" K
“D2 ” or from “D4 ” to “D2 ”. AT-178, "DTC P0755
4. Shift solenoid valve B SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
B" L
AT-409, "Control Valve
5. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
M
6. High clutch AT-462, "High Clutch"
OFF vehicle AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
7. Brake band
ton Assembly"
AT-95
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
Reference Page
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
EURO-OBD
AT-63, "FLUID LEVEL
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
AT-183, "DTC P1705
2. Throttle position sensor [Accelerator ACCELERATOR PEDAL
pedal position (APP) sensor] POSITION (APP) SEN-
SOR"
AT-173, "DTC P0750
ON vehicle 3. Shift solenoid valve A SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
A"
AT-178, "DTC P0755
4. Shift solenoid valve B SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
Failure to change gear from “D2 ” to B"
“D1 ” or from “D3 ” to “D1 ”.
AT-409, "Control Valve
5. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-416, "OVERHAUL", AT-
420, "Locations of Adjust-
6. Low one-way clutch ing Shims, Needle Bear-
ings, Thrust Washers and
OFF vehicle Snap Rings"
7. High clutch AT-462, "High Clutch"
AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
8. Brake band
ton Assembly"
AT-183, "DTC P1705
1. Throttle position sensor [Accelerator ACCELERATOR PEDAL
pedal position (APP) sensor] POSITION (APP) SEN-
SOR"
Gear change shock felt during 2. Line pressure test AT-67, "Line Pressure Test"
deceleration by releasing accelera- ON vehicle AT-189, "DTC P1760
tor pedal. 3. Overrun clutch solenoid valve OVERRUN CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE"
AT-409, "Control Valve
4. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-183, "DTC P1705
1. Throttle position sensor [Accelerator ACCELERATOR PEDAL
pedal position (APP) sensor] POSITION (APP) SEN-
SOR"
Too high a change point from “D4 ”
to “D3 ”, from “D3 ” to “D2 ”, from “D2 ON vehicle AT-125, "DTC P0720 VEHI-
” to “D1 ”. CLE SPEED SENSOR A/T
2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution (REVOLUTION SEN-
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR SOR)", AT-203, "DTC
VEHICLE SPEED SEN-
SOR MTR"
AT-96
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
Reference Page
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item A
EURO-OBD
AT-183, "DTC P1705
1. Throttle position sensor [Accelerator ACCELERATOR PEDAL
pedal position (APP) sensor] POSITION (APP) SEN- B
SOR"
AT-125, "DTC P0720 VEHI-
CLE SPEED SENSOR A/T AT
2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution (REVOLUTION SEN-
Kickdown does not operate when sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR SOR)", AT-203, "DTC
depressing accelerator pedal in “D4 ON vehicle VEHICLE SPEED SEN-
” within kick down vehicle speed. SOR MTR" D
AT-173, "DTC P0750
3. Shift solenoid valve A SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
A" E
AT-178, "DTC P0755
4. Shift solenoid valve B SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
B"
F
AT-125, "DTC P0720 VEHI-
CLE SPEED SENSOR A/T
1. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution (REVOLUTION SEN-
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR SOR)", AT-203, "DTC G
VEHICLE SPEED SEN-
SOR MTR"
1. Fluid level
AT-63, "FLUID LEVEL K
CHECK"
AT-183, "DTC P1705
2. Throttle position sensor [Accelerator ACCELERATOR PEDAL L
pedal position (APP) sensor] POSITION (APP) SEN-
SOR"
ON vehicle 3. Line pressure test AT-67, "Line Pressure Test"
Races extremely fast or slips in M
AT-166, "DTC P0745 LINE
changing from “D4 ” to “D3 ” when
4. Line pressure solenoid valve PRESSURE SOLENOID
depressing accelerator pedal.
VALVE"
AT-409, "Control Valve
5. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
6. High clutch AT-462, "High Clutch"
OFF vehicle AT-467, "Forward and
7. Forward clutch
Overrun Clutches"
AT-97
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
Reference Page
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
EURO-OBD
AT-63, "FLUID LEVEL
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
AT-183, "DTC P1705
2. Throttle position sensor [Accelerator ACCELERATOR PEDAL
pedal position (APP) sensor] POSITION (APP) SEN-
SOR"
3. Line pressure test AT-67, "Line Pressure Test"
AT-98
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
Reference Page
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item A
EURO-OBD
AT-63, "FLUID LEVEL
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
B
AT-183, "DTC P1705
2. Throttle position sensor [Accelerator ACCELERATOR PEDAL
pedal position (APP) sensor] POSITION (APP) SEN-
SOR" AT
ON vehicle 3. Line pressure test AT-67, "Line Pressure Test"
AT-166, "DTC P0745 LINE
4. Line pressure solenoid valve PRESSURE SOLENOID D
Races extremely fast or slips in VALVE"
changing from “D4 ” or “D3 ” to “D1 ” AT-409, "Control Valve
when depressing accelerator pedal. 5. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula- E
tors"
AT-467, "Forward and
6. Forward clutch
Overrun Clutches"
F
7. Forward one-way clutch AT-416, "OVERHAUL"
OFF vehicle AT-416, "OVERHAUL", AT-
420, "Locations of Adjust-
G
8. Low one-way clutch ing Shims, Needle Bear-
ings, Thrust Washers and
Snap Rings"
AT-63, "FLUID LEVEL H
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
AT-411, "Control Cable
2. Control cable adjustment
Adjustment" I
ON vehicle
3. Line pressure test AT-67, "Line Pressure Test"
AT-166, "DTC P0745 LINE
4. Line pressure solenoid valve PRESSURE SOLENOID J
VALVE"
5. Oil pump AT-438, "Oil Pump"
6. High clutch AT-462, "High Clutch" K
Vehicle will not run in any position. AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
7. Brake band
ton Assembly"
L
AT-473, "Low & Reverse
8. Low & reverse brake
Brake"
OFF vehicle AT-420, "Locations of
Adjusting Shims, Needle M
9. Torque converter
Bearings, Thrust Washers
and Snap Rings"
AT-416, "Output Shaft, Idler
Gear, Reduction Pinion
10. Parking components
Gear and Bearing
Retainer"
AT-63, "FLUID LEVEL
ON vehicle 1. Fluid level
CHECK"
Transmission noise in “D”, “2”, “1” AT-420, "Locations of
and “R” positions. Adjusting Shims, Needle
OFF vehicle 2. Torque converter
Bearings, Thrust Washers
and Snap Rings"
AT-99
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
Reference Page
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
EURO-OBD
AT-411, "Park/Neutral Posi-
1. PNP switch adjustment tion (PNP) Switch Adjust-
ment"
AT-183, "DTC P1705
2. Throttle position sensor [Accelerator ACCELERATOR PEDAL
pedal position (APP) sensor] POSITION (APP) SEN-
SOR"
AT-189, "DTC P1760
Failure to change from “D3 ” to “22 ” 3. Overrun clutch solenoid valve OVERRUN CLUTCH
when changing lever into “2” posi- SOLENOID VALVE"
tion.
ON vehicle AT-173, "DTC P0750
AT-237, "18. A/T Does Not Shift: D3
4. Shift solenoid valve A SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
→ 22 , When Selector Lever “D” →
A"
“2” Position"
AT-178, "DTC P0755
5. Shift solenoid valve B SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
B"
AT-409, "Control Valve
6. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-411, "Control Cable
7. Control cable adjustment
Adjustment"
Failure to change from “D3 ” to “22 ” AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
8. Brake band
when changing lever into “2” posi- ton Assembly"
tion.
OFF vehicle
AT-237, "18. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 AT-467, "Forward and
→ 22 , When Selector Lever “D” → 9. Overrun clutch
Overrun Clutches"
“2” Position"
AT-411, "Park/Neutral Posi-
Gear change from “22 ” to “23 ” in “2”
ON vehicle 1. PNP switch adjustment tion (PNP) Switch Adjust-
position.
ment"
AT-100
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
Reference Page
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item A
EURO-OBD
AT-411, "Park/Neutral Posi-
1. PNP switch adjustment tion (PNP) Switch Adjust-
ment" B
AT-411, "Control Cable
2. Control cable adjustment
Adjustment"
AT-183, "DTC P1705
AT
3. Throttle position sensor [Accelerator ACCELERATOR PEDAL
pedal position (APP) sensor] POSITION (APP) SEN-
SOR" D
AT-125, "DTC P0720 VEHI-
CLE SPEED SENSOR A/T
4. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution (REVOLUTION SEN-
ON vehicle E
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR SOR)", AT-203, "DTC
Engine brake does not operate in
VEHICLE SPEED SEN-
“1” position.
SOR MTR"
AT-236, "16. Vehicle Does Not Start
From D1" AT-173, "DTC P0750 F
5. Shift solenoid valve A SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
A"
AT-409, "Control Valve G
6. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-189, "DTC P1760
7. Overrun clutch solenoid valve OVERRUN CLUTCH
H
SOLENOID VALVE"
AT-467, "Forward and
8. Overrun clutch
Overrun Clutches" I
OFF vehicle
AT-473, "Low & Reverse
9. Low & reverse brake
Brake"
AT-411, "Park/Neutral Posi- J
1. PNP switch adjustment tion (PNP) Switch Adjust-
Gear change from “11 ” to “12 ” in “1” ment"
ON vehicle
position.
2. Control cable adjustment
AT-411, "Control Cable K
Adjustment"
AT-411, "Park/Neutral Posi-
1. PNP switch adjustment tion (PNP) Switch Adjust- L
ment"
AT-125, "DTC P0720 VEHI-
CLE SPEED SENSOR A/T
2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution (REVOLUTION SEN- M
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR SOR)", AT-203, "DTC
VEHICLE SPEED SEN-
SOR MTR"
ON vehicle
AT-173, "DTC P0750
3. Shift solenoid valve A SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
Does not change from “12 ” to “11 ”
A"
in “1” position.
AT-409, "Control Valve
4. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-189, "DTC P1760
5. Overrun clutch solenoid valve OVERRUN CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE"
AT-467, "Forward and
6. Overrun clutch
Overrun Clutches"
OFF vehicle
AT-473, "Low & Reverse
7. Low & reverse brake
Brake"
AT-101
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
Reference Page
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
EURO-OBD
AT-409, "Control Valve
ON vehicle 1. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
Large shock changing from “12 ” to tors"
“11 ” in “1” position.
AT-473, "Low & Reverse
OFF vehicle 2. Low & reverse brake
Brake"
AT-63, "FLUID LEVEL
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
EC-44, "Idle Speed and
2. Engine idling rpm
Ignition Timing Check"
AT-183, "DTC P1705
3. Throttle position sensor [Accelerator ACCELERATOR PEDAL
pedal position (APP) sensor] POSITION (APP) SEN-
ON vehicle SOR"
4. Line pressure test AT-67, "Line Pressure Test"
AT-166, "DTC P0745 LINE
5. Line pressure solenoid valve PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE"
AT-409, "Control Valve
6. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
Transmission overheats. 7. Oil pump AT-438, "Oil Pump"
8. Reverse clutch AT-458, "Reverse Clutch"
9. High clutch AT-462, "High Clutch"
AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
10. Brake band
ton Assembly"
AT-467, "Forward and
11. Forward clutch
Overrun Clutches"
OFF vehicle
AT-467, "Forward and
12. Overrun clutch
Overrun Clutches"
AT-473, "Low & Reverse
13. Low & reverse brake
Brake"
AT-420, "Locations of
Adjusting Shims, Needle
14. Torque converter
Bearings, Thrust Washers
and Snap Rings"
AT-63, "FLUID LEVEL
ON vehicle 1. Fluid level
CHECK"
2. Reverse clutch AT-458, "Reverse Clutch"
3. High clutch AT-462, "High Clutch"
AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
ATF shoots out during operation. 4. Brake band
ton Assembly"
White smoke emitted from exhaust
pipe during operation. OFF vehicle AT-467, "Forward and
5. Forward clutch
Overrun Clutches"
AT-467, "Forward and
6. Overrun clutch
Overrun Clutches"
AT-473, "Low & Reverse
7. Low & reverse brake
Brake"
AT-102
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
Reference Page
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item A
EURO-OBD
AT-63, "FLUID LEVEL
ON vehicle 1. Fluid level
CHECK"
B
AT-420, "Locations of
Adjusting Shims, Needle
2. Torque converter
Bearings, Thrust Washers
and Snap Rings" AT
3. Oil pump AT-438, "Oil Pump"
4. Reverse clutch AT-458, "Reverse Clutch"
Offensive smell at fluid charging D
5. High clutch AT-462, "High Clutch"
pipe.
OFF vehicle AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
6. Brake band
ton Assembly"
E
AT-467, "Forward and
7. Forward clutch
Overrun Clutches"
AT-467, "Forward and
8. Overrun clutch F
Overrun Clutches"
AT-473, "Low & Reverse
9. Low & reverse brake
Brake"
G
AT-183, "DTC P1705
1. Throttle position sensor [Accelerator ACCELERATOR PEDAL
pedal position (APP) sensor] POSITION (APP) SEN-
SOR" H
AT-125, "DTC P0720 VEHI-
CLE SPEED SENSOR A/T
2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution (REVOLUTION SEN-
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR SOR)", AT-203, "DTC
I
VEHICLE SPEED SEN-
SOR MTR"
AT-411, "Park/Neutral Posi- J
3. PNP switch adjustment tion (PNP) Switch Adjust-
ment"
AT-131, "DTC P0725 K
ON vehicle 4. Engine speed signal
ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL"
AT-197, "DTC BATT/FLUID
Torque converter is not locked up.
TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID L
5. A/T fluid temp sen circ and TCM pow sour TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT
AND TCM POWER
SOURCE)"
6. Line pressure test AT-67, "Line Pressure Test" M
AT-161, "DTC P0740
TORQUE CONVERTER
7. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
CLUTCH SOLENOID
VALVE"
AT-409, "Control Valve
8. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-420, "Locations of
Adjusting Shims, Needle
OFF vehicle 9. Torque converter
Bearings, Thrust Washers
and Snap Rings"
AT-103
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
Reference Page
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item
EURO-OBD
AT-63, "FLUID LEVEL
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
AT-183, "DTC P1705
2. Throttle position sensor [Accelerator ACCELERATOR PEDAL
pedal position (APP) sensor] POSITION (APP) SEN-
SOR"
3. Line pressure test AT-67, "Line Pressure Test"
AT-161, "DTC P0740
ON vehicle TORQUE CONVERTER
4. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
CLUTCH SOLENOID
Torque converter clutch piston slip. VALVE"
AT-166, "DTC P0745 LINE
5. Line pressure solenoid valve PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE"
AT-409, "Control Valve
6. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-420, "Locations of
Adjusting Shims, Needle
OFF vehicle 7. Torque converter
Bearings, Thrust Washers
and Snap Rings"
AT-183, "DTC P1705
1. Throttle position sensor [Accelerator ACCELERATOR PEDAL
pedal position (APP) sensor] POSITION (APP) SEN-
SOR"
AT-125, "DTC P0720 VEHI-
CLE SPEED SENSOR A/T
2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution (REVOLUTION SEN-
Lock-up point is extremely high or sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR SOR)", AT-203, "DTC
low. VEHICLE SPEED SEN-
ON vehicle
AT-232, "12. A/T Does Not Perform SOR MTR"
Lock-up"
AT-161, "DTC P0740
TORQUE CONVERTER
3. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
CLUTCH SOLENOID
VALVE"
AT-409, "Control Valve
4. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-104
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
Reference Page
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item A
EURO-OBD
AT-183, "DTC P1705
1. Throttle position sensor [Accelerator ACCELERATOR PEDAL
pedal position (APP) sensor] POSITION (APP) SEN- B
SOR"
AT-411, "Park/Neutral Posi-
2. PNP switch adjustment tion (PNP) Switch Adjust- AT
ment"
AT-125, "DTC P0720 VEHI-
CLE SPEED SENSOR A/T D
3. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution (REVOLUTION SEN-
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR SOR)", AT-203, "DTC
VEHICLE SPEED SEN-
SOR MTR" E
AT-173, "DTC P0750
ON vehicle 4. Shift solenoid valve A SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
A/T does not shift to “D4 ” when driv- A"
F
ing with overdrive control switch AT-189, "DTC P1760
“ON”. 5. Overrun clutch solenoid valve OVERRUN CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE"
G
AT-409, "Control Valve
6. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-197, "DTC BATT/FLUID
H
TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID
7. A/T fluid temp sen circ and TCM pow sour TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT
AND TCM POWER
I
SOURCE)"
8. Line pressure test AT-67, "Line Pressure Test"
AT-486, "Band Servo Pis- J
9. Brake band
ton Assembly"
OFF vehicle
AT-467, "Forward and
10. Overrun clutch
Overrun Clutches"
K
AT-63, "FLUID LEVEL
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
AT-161, "DTC P0740 L
TORQUE CONVERTER
2. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
CLUTCH SOLENOID
VALVE"
AT-173, "DTC P0750 M
Engine is stopped at “R”, “D”, “2”
ON vehicle 3. Shift solenoid valve A SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
and “1” positions.
A"
AT-178, "DTC P0755
4. Shift solenoid valve B SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
B"
AT-409, "Control Valve
5. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-105
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item Condition Specification (Approximately)
Cold [20°C (68°F)] 1.5V 2.5kΩ
A/T fluid temperature sensor ↓ ↓ ↓
Hot [80°C (176°F)] 0.5V 0.3kΩ
Small throttle opening
(Low line pressure) Approximately 24%
Line pressure solenoid valve duty ↓ ↓
Large throttle opening Approximately 95%
(High line pressure)
Lock-up “OFF” Approximately 4%
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve duty ↓ ↓
Lock-up “ON” Approximately 94%
PREPARATION
● Measure voltage between each terminal and terminal 25 or 48
by following “TCM INSPECTION TABLE”.
SAT216J
SAT999J
AT-106
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
Termi- Judgement stan-
Wire color Item Condition
nal No. dard(Approx.) A
When A/T performs lock-up. 8 - 15V
Torque converter
3 GY/R clutch solenoid B
valve When A/T does not perform lock-up. 0V
25 B Ground — — 0V
K
When setting selector lever to “1”
Battery voltage
PNP switch “1” position.
26 BR/Y
position When setting selector lever to other
0V L
positions.
When setting selector lever to “2”
and Battery voltage
PNP switch “2” position.
27 L M
position When setting selector lever to other
0V
positions.
When turning ignition switch to
Power source Battery voltage
28 R/B “OFF”.
(Memory back-up)
or When turning ignition switch to “ON”. Battery voltage
When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH),
use the CONSULT-II pulse frequency
measuring function.*1
CAUTION: 150 Hz
29 W Revolution sensor Connect the diagnosis data link
cable to the vehicle diagnosis
connector.
Under 1.3V or
When vehicle parks.
over 4.5V
AT-107
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EURO-OBD]
Termi- Judgement stan-
Wire color Item Condition
nal No. dard(Approx.)
Voltage varies
Vehicle speed When moving vehicle at 2 to 3 km/h
40 L/B between 0V and
sensor (1 to 2 MPH) for 1 m (3 ft) or more.
more than 4.5V
AT-108
CAN COMMUNICATION
[EURO-OBD]
CAN COMMUNICATION PFP:23710
A
System Description ECS00F52
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec- B
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. AT
Go to CAN system, when selecting your car model from the following table. D
Body type Sedan/5DH/B/3DH/B
Axle 2WD
E
Engine QG18
Transmission A/T
Brake control ESP ABS F
CAN communication unit
ECM × × ×
G
TCM × × ×
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) × ×
Smart entrance control unit × × × H
Data link connector × × ×
Combination meter × × ×
Type 1 Type 2 Type 3
I
CAN communication type
(AT-110 ) (AT-111 ) (AT-112 )
×:Applicable
J
AT-109
CAN COMMUNICATION
[EURO-OBD]
TYPE 1
System Diagram
YEL976E
AT-110
CAN COMMUNICATION
[EURO-OBD]
TYPE 2
System Diagram A
AT
D
YEL977E
AT-111
CAN COMMUNICATION
[EURO-OBD]
TYPE 3
System Diagram
SEL825Y
AT-112
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
[EURO-OBD]
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH PFP:32006
A
Description ECS007O4
AT
SCIA0752E
E
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Judgement stan-
Termi-
Wire color Item Condition dard F
nal No.
(Approx.)
When setting selector lever to “1”
Battery voltage
PNP switch “1” position.
26 BR/Y G
position When setting selector lever to other
0V
positions.
When setting selector lever to “2” H
Battery voltage
PNP switch “2” position.
27 L
position When setting selector lever to other
0V
positions.
I
When setting selector lever to “D”
Battery voltage
PNP switch “D” position.
34 W/G and
position When setting selector lever to other
0V J
positions.
When setting selector lever to “R”
Battery voltage
PNP switch “R” position.
35 G/W K
position When setting selector lever to other
0V
positions.
When setting selector lever to “N” or
Battery voltage L
PNP switch “N” or “P” position.
36 G
“P” position When setting selector lever to other
0V
positions.
M
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when... Check items (Possible cause)
● Harness or connectors
: PNP SW/CIRC TCM does not receive the correct voltage (The PNP switch circuit is open or
signal from the switch based on the gear shorted.)
: P0705 position.
● PNP switch
AT-113
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
[EURO-OBD]
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.3V
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON” or “OFF”)
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-116, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SAT014K
SAT020K
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
AT-114
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 [EURO-OBD]
Wiring Diagram — AT — PNP/SW ECS007O5
AT
YAT355
AT-115
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
[EURO-OBD]
Diagnostic Procedure ECS007O6
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2
No >> GO TO 3
SAT014K
AT-116
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
[EURO-OBD]
3. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT (WITHOUT CONSULT-II) A
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
(Do not start engine.) B
2. Check voltage between TCM terminals 26, 27, 34, 35, 36 and ground while moving selector lever through
each position.
AT
Voltage:
B: Battery voltage
0: 0V D
MTBL0136
SCIA0753E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4
NG >> Check the following items:
● PNP switch
Refer to AT-118, "Component Inspection" .
● Harness for short or open between ignition switch and PNP switch
AT-117
DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
[EURO-OBD]
4. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-113, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Component Inspection ECS007O7
SAT402JB
AT-118
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
[EURO-OBD]
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT PFP:31940
A
Description ECS007O8
The A/T fluid temperature sensor detects the A/T fluid temperature
and sends a signal to the TCM. B
AT
SCIA0735E
H
SAT021J
I
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item Condition Specification (Approximately)
J
Cold [20°C (68°F)] 1.5V 2.5 kΩ
A/T fluid temperature sensor ↓ ↓ ↓
Hot [80°C (176°F)] 0.5V 0.3 kΩ
K
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Judgement stan-
Termi- L
Wire color Item Condition dard
nal No.
(Approx.)
42 B Sensor ground — — —
When ATF temperature is 20°C M
1.5V
A/T fluid tempera- (68°F).
47 BR
ture sensor When ATF temperature is 80°C
0.5V
(176°F).
AT-119
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
[EURO-OBD]
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 10
minutes (Total). (It is not necessary to maintain continuously.)
CMPS·RPM (REF): 450 rpm or more
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.2V
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
3. If DTC is detected, go to AT-122, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SAT014K
SAT020K
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
AT-120
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
[EURO-OBD]
Wiring Diagram — AT — FTS ECS007O9
AT
YAT356
AT-121
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
[EURO-OBD]
Diagnostic Procedure ECS007OA
1. INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-II?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2
No >> GO TO 3
SAT014K
Voltage:
Cold [20°C (68°F)] → Hot [80°C (176°F)]
Approximately 1.5V → 0.5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4
NG >> GO TO 5
SAT614J
AT-122
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
[EURO-OBD]
3. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR (WITHOUT CONSULT-II) A
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
B
2. Check voltage between TCM terminal 47 and ground while warming up A/T.
Voltage:
Cold [20°C (68°F)] → Hot [80°C (176°F)] AT
Approximately 1.5V → 0.5V
3. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
D
4. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
5. Check continuity between terminal 42 and ground.
E
SCIA0738E
F
Continuity should exist.
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG G
OK >> GO TO 4
NG >> GO TO 5
H
I
SCIA0739E
4. CHECK DTC J
Perform Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) confirmation procedure, AT-119, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
(DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG K
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. L
AT-123
DTC P0710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
[EURO-OBD]
Component Inspection ECS007OB
SAT298F
AT-124
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
[EURO-OBD]
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) PFP:32702
A
Description ECS007OC
The revolution sensor detects the revolution of the idler gear parking
pawl lock gear and emits a pulse signal. The pulse signal is sent to B
the TCM which converts it into vehicle speed.
AT
SAT357H
E
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Judgement stan-
Termi-
Wire color Item Condition dard F
nal No.
(Approx.)
When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH),
use the CONSULT-II pulse frequency
G
measuring function.*1
CAUTION:
Connect the diagnosis data link 150 Hz
29 W Revolution sensor cable to the vehicle diagnosis con- H
nector.
*1: A circuit tester cannot be used to
test this item.
Under 1.3V or
I
When vehicle parks.
over 4.5V
42 B Sensor ground — — —
J
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when... Check items (Possible cause)
● Harness or connectors K
: VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT TCM does not receive the proper voltage (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
signal from the sensor.
: P0720 ● Revolution sensor
L
AT-125
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
[EURO-OBD]
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
● Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
● Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the
tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
SAT014K
SAT971J
2. Drive vehicle and check for an increase of “VHCL/S SE·MTR” value increase.
If the check result is NG, go to AT-129, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
SAT014K
AT-126
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
[EURO-OBD]
AT
SAT020K
4. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds. D
VHCL SPEED SE: 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.2V
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”) E
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.
If the check result is NG, go to AT-129, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
F
If the check result is OK, go to following step.
5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
CMPS·RPM (REF): 3,500 rpm or more
THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.2V G
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test. H
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
I
AT-127
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
[EURO-OBD]
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSA/T ECS007OD
YAT357
AT-128
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
[EURO-OBD]
Diagnostic Procedure ECS007OE
SAT014K F
SAT614J
J
2. CHECK REVOLUTION SENSOR (WITH CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II K
1. Start engine.
MTBL0581
– Harness for short or open between TCM, ECM and revolution sensor
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-126, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 4
AT-129
DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
[EURO-OBD]
4. CHECK TCM INSPECTION
1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT-130
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
[EURO-OBD]
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL PFP:24825
A
Description ECS007OF
The engine speed signal is sent from the ECM to the TCM.
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE B
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Judgement stan-
Termi-
Wire color Item Condition dard AT
nal No.
(Approx.)
D
Engine speed sig-
39 L/OR and Refer to EC-94, "ECM INSPECTION TABLE" . —
nal
E
: ENGINE SPEED SIG TCM does not receive the proper voltage ● Harness or connectors
G
signal from ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
: P0725
SAT014K
SAT020K
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
AT-131
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
[EURO-OBD]
Wiring Diagram — AT — ENGSS SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 ECS007OG
YAT358
AT-132
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
[EURO-OBD]
Diagnostic Procedure ECS007OH
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. E
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
F
H
SAT014K
L
SAT645J
SCIA0740E
AT-133
DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
[EURO-OBD]
4. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-131, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-134
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
[EURO-OBD]
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION PFP:31940
A
Description ECS007OI
E
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Judgement stan-
Termi-
nal No.
Wire color Item Condition dard F
(Approx.)
When shift solenoid valve A oper-
ates. Battery voltage G
Shift solenoid (When driving in “D1 ” or “D4 ”.)
11 L/W
valve A When shift solenoid valve A does not
operate. 0V
(When driving in “D2 ” or “D3 ”.)
H
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when... Check items (Possible cause)
● Shift solenoid valve A
: A/T 1ST GR FNCTN
A/T cannot be shifted to the 1st gear posi- ● Shift solenoid valve B
: P0731 tion even if electrical circuit is good. ● Each clutch
● Hydraulic control circuit
AT-135
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
[EURO-OBD]
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
● Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
● Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve the accuracy of test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II.
SAT014K
SAT021J
AT-136
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
[EURO-OBD]
● If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long time, select “SELF-DIAGNOSIS” for
“ENGINE”. In case a 1st trip DTC other than P0731 is shown, refer to applicable “TROUBLE DIAG- A
NOSIS FOR DTC”.
6. Stop vehicle.
7. Follow the instruction displayed. (Check for normal shifting referring to the table below.) B
Gear on actual transmission shift pattern when
Vehicle condition
screen is changed to 1 → 2 → 3 → 4
AT
No malfunction exists 1→2→3→4
AT-137
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
[EURO-OBD]
Wiring Diagram — AT — 1ST ECS007OJ
YAT235
AT-138
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
[EURO-OBD]
Diagnostic Procedure ECS007OK
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-409, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators"
2. Check shift solenoid valve operation. B
● Shift solenoid valve A
● Shift solenoid valve B
AT
Refer to AT-140, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2 D
NG >> Repair or replace shift solenoid valve assembly.
SAT883JB
J
2. CHECK CONTROL VALVE
1. Disassemble control valve assembly. Refer to AT-442, "Control Valve Assembly" .
K
2. Check to ensure that:
● Valve, sleeve and plug slide along valve bore under their own weight.
● Valve, sleeve and plug are free from burrs, dents and scratches. L
● Control valve springs are free from damage, deformation and fatigue.
● Hydraulic line is free from obstacles.
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 3
NG >> Repair control valve assembly.
SAT367H
3. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-136, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Check control valve again. Repair or replace control valve assembly.
AT-139
DTC P0731 A/T 1ST GEAR FUNCTION
[EURO-OBD]
Component Inspection ECS007OL
SAT050KA
Operation Check
● Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
SAT883JB
AT-140
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
[EURO-OBD]
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION PFP:31940
A
Description ECS007OM
E
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Judgement stan-
Termi-
nal No.
Wire color Item Condition dard F
(Approx.)
When shift solenoid valve B oper-
ates. Battery voltage G
Shift solenoid (When driving in “D1 ” or “D2 ”.)
12 L/Y
valve B When shift solenoid valve B does not
operate. 0V
(When driving in “D3 ” or “D4 ”.)
H
AT-141
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
[EURO-OBD]
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
● Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
● Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve the accuracy of test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II.
SAT014K
SAT021J
5. Depress accelerator pedal to WOT (more than 7.0/8 of “THROTTLE POSI”) quickly from a speed of 35 to
40 km/h (22 to 25 MPH) until “TESTING” changes to “STOP VEHICLE” or “COMPLETED”. (It will take
approximately 3 seconds.)
If the check result NG appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to AT-145, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If “STOP VEHICLE” appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to following step.
● Check that “GEAR” shows “2” when depressing accelerator pedal to WOT.
● If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long time, select “SELF-DIAGNOSIS” for
“ENGINE”. In case a 1st trip DTC other than P0732 is shown, refer to applicable “TROUBLE DIAG-
NOSIS FOR DTC”.
AT-142
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
[EURO-OBD]
6. Stop vehicle.
7. Follow the instruction displayed. (Check for normal shifting referring to the table below.) A
AT-143
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
[EURO-OBD]
Wiring Diagram — AT — 2ND ECS007ON
YAT236
AT-144
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
[EURO-OBD]
Diagnostic Procedure ECS007OO
SAT884JB
J
2. CHECK CONTROL VALVE
1. Disassemble control valve assembly. Refer to AT-442, "Control Valve Assembly" . K
2. Check to ensure that:
● Valve, sleeve and plug slide along valve bore under their own weight.
● Valve, sleeve and plug are free from burrs, dents and scratches. L
● Control valve springs are free from damage, deformation and fatigue.
● Hydraulic line is free from obstacles.
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 3
NG >> Repair control valve assembly.
SAT367H
3. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-142, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Check control valve again. Repair or replace control valve assembly.
AT-145
DTC P0732 A/T 2ND GEAR FUNCTION
[EURO-OBD]
Component Inspection ECS007OP
SAT023K
Operation Check
● Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
SAT884JB
AT-146
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
[EURO-OBD]
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION PFP:31940
A
Description ECS007OQ
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when... Check items (Possible cause)
● Shift solenoid valve A
: A/T 3RD GR FNCTN A/T cannot be shifted to the 3rd gear posi-
● Each clutch
tion even if electrical circuit is good.
: P0733 ● Hydraulic control circuit
AT-147
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
[EURO-OBD]
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
● Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
● Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve the accuracy of test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II.
SAT014K
SAT021J
AT-148
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
[EURO-OBD]
7. Follow the instruction displayed. (Check for normal shifting referring to the table below.)
A
Gear on actual transmission shift pattern when
Vehicle condition
screen is changed to 1 → 2 → 3 → 4
No malfunction exists. 1→2→3→4
B
Malfunction for P0733 exists. 1→1→4→4
8. Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer to AT-151, "Diagnostic Procedure" .)
Refer to AT-518, "Shift Schedule" . AT
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
D
AT-149
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
[EURO-OBD]
Wiring Diagram — AT — 3RD ECS007OR
YAT237
AT-150
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
[EURO-OBD]
Diagnostic Procedure ECS007OS
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-409, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
2. Check shift solenoid valve operation. B
● Shift solenoid valve A
Refer to AT-152, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG AT
OK >> GO TO 2
NG >> Repair or replace shift solenoid valve assembly.
D
I
SAT886JB
SAT367H
3. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-148, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Check control valve again. Repair or replace control valve assembly.
AT-151
DTC P0733 A/T 3RD GEAR FUNCTION
[EURO-OBD]
Component Inspection ECS007OT
SAT052KA
Operation Check
● Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
SAT886JB
AT-152
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[EURO-OBD]
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION PFP:31940
A
Description ECS007OU
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when... Check items (Possible cause)
● Shift solenoid valve A
: A/T 4TH GR FNCTN
● Shift solenoid valve B
: P0734 A/T cannot be shifted to the 4th gear posi-
● Line pressure solenoid valve
tion even if electrical circuit is good.
● Each clutch
● Hydraulic control circuit
CAUTION:
● Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
● If conducting this “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” again, always turn ignition switch “OFF”
and wait at least 5 seconds before continuing.
● Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the tachometer.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve the accuracy of test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with
CONSULT-II.
SAT014K
SAT021J
AT-154
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[EURO-OBD]
3. Select “4TH GR FNCTN P0734” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT”
mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch “START”. A
4. Accelerate vehicle to 55 to 65 km/h (34 to 40 MPH) under the
following condition and release the accelerator pedal com-
pletely. B
THROTTLE POSI: Less than 5.5/8 (at all times during step 4)
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
● Check that “GEAR” shows “3” after releasing pedal.
AT
5. Depress accelerator pedal steadily with 1.0/8 - 2.0/8 of “THROT-
TLE POSI” from a speed of 55 to 65 km/h (34 to 40 MPH) until
“TESTING” has turned to “STOP VEHICLE” or “COMPLETED”. SAT971J
AT-155
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[EURO-OBD]
Wiring Diagram — AT — 4TH SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 ECS007OV
YAT359
AT-156
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[EURO-OBD]
Diagnostic Procedure ECS007OW
SAT988H
E
2. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Perform line pressure test.
F
Line pressure kPa (bar, kg/cm2 , psi )
Engine speed rpm
D, 2 and 1 positions R position
G
Idle 500 (0.50, 5.1, 73) 778 (7.78, 7.9, 113)
Stall 1,165 (11.7, 11.9, 169) 1,813 (18.1, 18.5, 263)
SAT847JB
AT-157
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[EURO-OBD]
4. CHECK CONTROL VALVE
1. Disassemble control valve assembly.
Refer to AT-442, "Control Valve Assembly" .
2. Check to ensure that:
● Valve, sleeve and plug slide along valve bore under their own
weight.
● Valve, sleeve and plug are free from burrs, dents and scratches.
● Control valve springs are free from damage, deformation and
fatigue.
● Hydraulic line is free from obstacles.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5
NG >> Repair control valve. SAT367H
SAT888JA
AT-158
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[EURO-OBD]
7. CHECK CONTROL VALVE A
1. Disassemble control valve assembly.
Refer to AT-442, "Control Valve Assembly" .
2. Check line pressure circuit valves for sticking. B
● Pressure regulator valve
● Pilot valve
● Pressure modifier valve AT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 8
D
NG >> Repair control valve.
F
SAT367H
9. CHECK DTC I
Perform AT-154, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
J
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Perform “Cruise test — Part 1” again and return to the start point of this test group.
AT-159
DTC P0734 A/T 4TH GEAR FUNCTION
[EURO-OBD]
Component Inspection ECS007OX
SOLENOID VALVES
● For removal, refer to AT-409, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
Resistance Check
● Check resistance between two terminals.
Resistance
Solenoid valve Terminal No.
(Approx.)
Shift solenoid
2 20 - 30Ω
valve A
Shift solenoid
1 Ground 5 - 20Ω
valve B
Line pressure
4 2.5 - 5Ω
solenoid valve
SAT848JB
Operation Check
● Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
SAT847JB
AT-160
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[EURO-OBD]
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940
A
Description ECS007OY
The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is activated, with the gear
in “D4 ”, by the TCM in response to signals sent from the vehicle B
speed and throttle position sensors. Lock-up piston operation will
then be controlled.
Lock-up operation, however, is prohibited when A/T fluid tempera-
ture is too low. AT
When the accelerator pedal is depressed (less than 2/8) in lock-up
condition, the engine speed should not change abruptly. If there is a
big jump in engine speed, there is no lock-up. D
SCIA0718E
E
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item Condition Specification
Lock-up “OFF” Approximately 4% F
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
↓ ↓
duty
Lock-up “ON” Approximately 94%
J
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when... Check items (Possible cause)
K
● Harness or connectors
: TCC SOLENOID/CIRC TCM detects an improper voltage drop (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
: P0740 ● T/C clutch solenoid valve
L
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, M
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II
and wait at least 1 second.
SAT014K
AT-161
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[EURO-OBD]
3. If DTC is detected, go to AT-164, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SAT020K
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
AT-162
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[EURO-OBD]
Wiring Diagram — AT — TCV ECS007OZ
AT
YAT239
AT-163
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[EURO-OBD]
Diagnostic Procedure ECS007P0
SAT890JB
3. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-161, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-164
DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[EURO-OBD]
Component Inspection ECS007P1
SAT053KA I
Operation Check
● Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
J
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
SAT054KA
AT-165
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[EURO-OBD]
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940
Description ECS007P2
The line pressure solenoid valve regulates the oil pump discharge
pressure to suit the driving condition in response to a signal sent
from the TCM.
NOTE:
The line pressure duty cycle value is not consistent when the
closed throttle position switch is “ON”. To confirm the line
pressure duty cycle at low pressure, the accelerator (throttle)
should be open until the closed throttle position switch is
“OFF”.
SCIA0735E
AT-166
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[EURO-OBD]
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
NOTE: A
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. B
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“ENGINE” with CONSULT-II. AT
2. Depress accelerator pedal completely and wait at least 1 sec-
ond.
3. If DTC is detected, go to AT-169, "Diagnostic Procedure" . D
SAT014K
F
I
SAT020K
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”. J
AT-167
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[EURO-OBD]
Wiring Diagram — AT — LPSV SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 ECS007P3
YAT360
AT-168
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[EURO-OBD]
Diagnostic Procedure ECS007P4
F
2. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
G
2. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
3. Check resistance between terminal 4 and TCM harness connector terminal 2.
Resistance: 10 - 15Ω H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3
NG >> Check the following items: I
● Dropping resistor
Refer to AT-171, "Component Inspection" .
● Harness for short or open between TCM terminal 2
J
and terminal cord assembly
SAT896JB
AT-169
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[EURO-OBD]
3. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
2. Check resistance between terminal 4 and TCM harness connector terminal 1.
Resistance: Approx. 0Ω
If NG, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
3. Reinstall any part removed.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
SAT897JB
4. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-167, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-170
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[EURO-OBD]
Component Inspection ECS007P5
SAT898JA
I
Operation Check
● Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
J
SAT899JA
AT-171
DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[EURO-OBD]
DROPPING RESISTOR
● Check resistance between two terminals.
Resistance: 10 - 15Ω
SAT003K
AT-172
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
[EURO-OBD]
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A PFP:31940
A
Description ECS007P6
Shift solenoid valves A and B are turned “ON” or “OFF” by the TCM
in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed and B
throttle position sensors. Gears will then be shifted to the optimum
position.
AT
SCIA0718E
E
Gear position 1 2 3 4
Shift solenoid valve A ON (Closed) OFF (Open) OFF (Open) ON (Closed)
F
Shift solenoid valve B ON (Closed) ON (Closed) OFF (Open) OFF (Open)
AT-173
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
[EURO-OBD]
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine.
3. Drive vehicle in D position and allow the transmission to shift “1”
→ “2” (“GEAR”).
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-176, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SAT014K
SAT020K
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
AT-174
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
[EURO-OBD]
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/A ECS007P7
AT
YAT241
AT-175
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
[EURO-OBD]
Diagnostic Procedure ECS007P8
SAT901JC
3. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-174, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-176
DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
[EURO-OBD]
Component Inspection ECS007P9
SAT056KA
I
Operation Check
● Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
J
SAT903JB
AT-177
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
[EURO-OBD]
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B PFP:31940
Description ECS007PA
Shift solenoid valves A and B are turned “ON” or “OFF” by the TCM
in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed and
throttle position sensors. Gears will then be shifted to the optimum
position.
SCIA0718E
Gear position 1 2 3 4
Shift solenoid valve A ON (Closed) OFF (Open) OFF (Open) ON (Closed)
Shift solenoid valve B ON (Closed) ON (Closed) OFF (Open) OFF (Open)
AT-178
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
[EURO-OBD]
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CAUTION: A
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, B
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II AT
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine. D
3. Drive vehicle in D position and allow the transmission to shift 1
→ 2 → 3 (“GEAR”).
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-181, "Diagnostic Procedure" . E
F
SAT014K
SAT020K J
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
K
AT-179
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
[EURO-OBD]
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/B ECS007PB
YAT242
AT-180
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
[EURO-OBD]
Diagnostic Procedure ECS007PC
F
2. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
G
2. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
3. Check continuity between terminal 12 and TCM harness connector terminal 1.
Continuity should exist. H
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
4. Reinstall any part removed.
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors. J
SAT905JD
3. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-179, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Component Inspection ECS007PD
AT-181
DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
[EURO-OBD]
Resistance Check
● Check resistance between two terminals.
Resistance
Solenoid valve Terminal No.
(Approx.)
Shift solenoid
1 Ground 5 - 20Ω
valve B
SAT057KA
Operation Check
● Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
SAT907JB
AT-182
DTC P1705 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR
[EURO-OBD]
DTC P1705 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR PFP:22620
A
Description ECS007PE
MCIB9006E
E
AT-183
DTC P1705 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR
[EURO-OBD]
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
SAT014K
SAT971J
AT-184
DTC P1705 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR
[EURO-OBD]
5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 3 consecutive sec-
onds. Then release accelerator pedal completely. A
VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more
Accelerator pedal: Wide open throttle
Selector lever: D position (OD “ON”)
B
AT
SAT020K
D
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
E
AT-185
DTC P1705 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR
[EURO-OBD]
Wiring Diagram — AT — TPS SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 ECS007PF
YAT361
AT-186
DTC P1705 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR
[EURO-OBD]
Diagnostic Procedure ECS007PG
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position. E
(Do not start engine.)
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
F
SAT014K
I
3. Read out the value of “THRTL POS SEN”.
Voltage:
Fully-closed throttle: Approximately 0.5V J
Fully-open throttle: Approximately 4V
SAT614J
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4
NG >> Check harness for short or open between ECM and TCM regarding throttle position sensor circuit.
(Main harness)
AT-187
DTC P1705 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR
[EURO-OBD]
3. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
(Do not start engine.)
2. Check voltage between TCM terminals 41 and 48 while acceler-
ator pedal is depressed slowly.
Voltage:
Fully-closed throttle valve: Approximately 0.5V
Fully-open throttle valve: Approximately 4V
(Voltage rises gradually in response to throttle position)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4
NG >> Check harness for short or open between ECM and MCIB0108E
TCM regarding throttle position sensor circuit.
4. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-184, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-188
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[EURO-OBD]
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940
A
Description ECS007PH
SCIA0718E
E
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Judgement stan-
Termi-
Wire color Item Condition dard F
nal No.
(Approx.)
When overrun clutch solenoid valve
Battery voltage
operates.
Overrun clutch G
20 L/B
solenoid valve When overrun clutch solenoid valve
0V
does not operate.
H
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when... Check items (Possible cause)
AT-189
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[EURO-OBD]
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If “DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted,
always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always drive vehicle on a level road to improve accuracy of test.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine.
3. Accelerate vehicle to a speed of more than 10 km/h (6 MPH)
with “D” position (OD “ON”).
4. Release accelerator pedal completely with “D” position (OD
“OFF”).
5. If DTC is detected, go to AT-192, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SAT014K
SAT020K
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
AT-190
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[EURO-OBD]
Wiring Diagram — AT — OVRCSV ECS007PI
AT
YAT244
AT-191
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[EURO-OBD]
Diagnostic Procedure ECS007PJ
SAT909JA
3. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-190, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-192
DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[EURO-OBD]
Component Inspection ECS007PK
SAT910JA
I
Operation Check
● Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
J
SAT911JA
AT-193
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[EURO-OBD]
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:31940
Description ECS007PL
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Judgement
Termi-
Wire color Item Condition standard
nal No.
(Approx.)
5 L CAN(H) — — —
6 R CAN(L) — — —
*: This terminal is connected to the ECM.
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when... Check items (Possible cause)
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 6 seconds or start engine and wait for at least 6
seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-196, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SAT014K
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Wait at least 6 seconds or start engine and wait at least 6 sec-
onds.
3. Perform self-diagnosis.
Refer to AT-51, "TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO
TOOLS)" .
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-196, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
MCIB9035E
AT-194
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[EURO-OBD]
Wiring Diagram — AT SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 ECS007PO
AT
YAT366
AT-195
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[EURO-OBD]
Diagnostic Procedure ECS007PP
AT-196
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
[EURO-OBD]
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE) PFP:31940 A
Description ECS007PQ
The A/T fluid temperature sensor detects the A/T fluid temperature B
and sends a signal to the TCM.
AT
SCIA0735E E
SAT021J I
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item Condition Specification (Approximately) J
Cold [20°C (68°F)] 1.5V 2.5 kΩ
A/T fluid temperature sensor ↓ ↓ ↓
Hot [80°C (176°F)] 0.5V 0.3 kΩ
K
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Judgement stan- L
Termi-
Wire color Item Condition dard
nal No.
(Approx.)
When turning ignition switch to “ON”. Battery voltage
M
10 BR/R Power source When turning ignition switch to
0V
“OFF”.
19 BR/R Power source Same as No. 10
or When turning ignition switch to
Battery voltage
Power source “OFF”.
28 R/B
(Memory back-up)
When turning ignition switch to “ON”. Battery voltage
Ground
42 B (A/T fluid temper- — — —
ature sensor)
When ATF temperature is 20°C
1.5V
A/T fluid tempera- (68°F).
47 BR
ture sensor When ATF temperature is 80°C
0.5V
(176°F).
AT-197
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
[EURO-OBD]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when... Check items (Possible cause)
● Harness or connectors
: BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN TCM receives an excessively low or high (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
voltage from the sensor.
: 8th judgement flicker ● A/T fluid temperature sensor
SAT014K
SAT971J
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in “D”, vehicle speed higher than 20 km/h (12 MPH).
3. Perform self-diagnosis.
Refer to AT-51, "TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)" .
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-200, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
AT-198
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
[EURO-OBD]
Wiring Diagram — AT — BA/FTS ECS007PR
AT
YAT362
AT-199
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
[EURO-OBD]
Diagnostic Procedure ECS007PS
AT-200
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
[EURO-OBD]
3. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR (WITH CONSULT-II) A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
B
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out the value of “FLUID TEMP SE”.
Voltage: AT
Cold [20°C (68°F)] → Hot [80°C (176°F)]
Approximately 1.5V → 0.5V
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5
NG >> Check the following item:
E
● Harness for short or open between TCM, ECM and
terminal cord assembly
● Ground circuit for ECM SAT614J
F
Refer to EC-123, "POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR
ECM" .
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. H
2. Check voltage between TCM terminal 47 and ground while warming up A/T.
Voltage:
I
Cold [20°C (68°F)] → Hot [80°C (176°F)]
Approximately 1.5V → 0.5V
3. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position. J
4. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
SCIA0738E
L
5. Check resistance between terminal 42 and ground.
Continuity should exist.
M
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5
NG >> Check the following item:
● Harness for short or open between TCM, ECM and
terminal cord assembly
● Ground circuit for ECM
Refer to EC-123, "POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR
ECM" .
SCIA0739E
5. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-198, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-201
DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)
[EURO-OBD]
Component Inspection ECS007PT
SAT298F
AT-202
DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR
[EURO-OBD]
DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR PFP:24814
A
Description ECS007PU
The vehicle speed sensor·MTR is built into the speedometer assembly. The sensor functions as an auxiliary
device to the revolution sensor when it is malfunctioning. The TCM will then use a signal sent from the vehicle B
speed sensor·MTR.
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values. AT
Judgement stan-
Termi-
Wire color Item Condition dard
nal No.
(Approx.)
D
Voltage varies
Vehicle speed When moving vehicle at 2 to 3 km/h
40 L/B between 0V and
sensor (1 to 2 MPH) for 1 m (3 ft) or more.
more than 4.5V E
● Harness or connectors
: VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR TCM does not receive the proper voltage (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
signal from the sensor. G
: 2nd judgement flicker ● Vehicle speed sensor
M
SAT014K
SAT971J
AT-203
DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR
[EURO-OBD]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in “D” and vehicle speed higher than 25 km/h (16 MPH).
3. Perform self-diagnosis.
Refer to AT-51, "TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO
TOOLS)" .
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-206, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
MCIB9026E
AT-204
DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR
[EURO-OBD]
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSMTR SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 ECS007PV
AT
YAT363
AT-205
DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR
[EURO-OBD]
Diagnostic Procedure ECS007PW
SAT614J
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between TCM terminal 40 and ground while driv-
ing at 2 to 3 km/h (1 to 2 MPH) for 1 m (3 ft) or more.
Voltage: Voltage varies between less than 1V and
more than 4.5V.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2
NG >> Check the following items:
● Vehicle speed sensor and ground circuit for vehicle
SCIA0717E
speed sensor
Refer to EL-123,"METER AND GAUGES".
● Harness for short or open between TCM and vehicle speed sensor
2. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-203, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-206
DTC CONTROL UNIT (RAM), CONTROL UNIT (ROM)
[EURO-OBD]
DTC CONTROL UNIT (RAM), CONTROL UNIT (ROM) PFP:31036
A
Description ECS007PX
AT
SAT574J
E
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic Trouble Code No. Malfunction is detected when.... Check Item (Possible Cause)
SAT014K
L
2. Start engine.
3. Run engine for at least 2 seconds at idle speed.
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-208, "Diagnostic Procedure" . M
SAT971J
Without CONSULT-II
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
AT-207
DTC CONTROL UNIT (RAM), CONTROL UNIT (ROM)
[EURO-OBD]
Diagnostic Procedure ECS007PY
>> GO TO 2
2. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-207, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
See above.
>> GO TO 3
AT-208
DTC CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM)
[EURO-OBD]
DTC CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM) PFP:31036
A
Description ECS007PZ
AT
SAT574J
E
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when... Check item (Possible cause)
TCM memory (EEP ROM) is malfunction- F
: CONT UNIT (EEP ROM) ● TCM
ing.
SAT014K
SAT971J
Without CONSULT-II
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”.
AT-209
DTC CONTROL UNIT (EEP ROM)
[EURO-OBD]
Diagnostic Procedure ECS007Q0
1. CHECK DTC
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and select “SELF DIAGNOSIS” mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
2. Move selector lever to “R” position.
3. Depress accelerator pedal (Full throttle position).
4. Touch “ERASE”.
5. Turn ignition switch “OFF” position for 10 seconds.
Perform AT-209, "DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
Is the “CONT UNIT (EEP ROM)” displayed again?
Yes >> Replace TCM.
No >> INSPECTION END
AT-210
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS PFP:00100
SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 A
Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC ECS007Q1
AT
YAT364
AT-211
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
YAT365
AT-212
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On ECS007Q2
A
SYMPTOM:
O/D OFF indicator lamp does not come on for about 2 seconds when turning ignition switch to “ON”.
1. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT B
1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
2. Disconnect A/T device harness connector.
AT
3. Check continuity between A/T device terminals 7 and ground.
Continuity should exist.
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power E
in harness or connectors.
F
MCIB0007E
MCIB0008E
L
3. CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH
1. Disconnect A/T device harness connector.
2. Check continuity between A/T device terminals 7 and 8. M
SAT005K
AT-213
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
2. Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” and “N” Position ECS007Q3
SYMPTOM:
● Engine cannot be started with selector lever in “P” or “N” position.
● Engine can be started with selector lever in “D”, “2”, “1” or “R” position.
1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” show damage to PNP switch circuit?
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to PNP switch circuit?
Yes or No
Yes >> Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to AT-239, "21. TCM
Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP & Overdrive
Control Switches, and Throttle Position Sensor Circuit
Checks)" .
No >> GO TO 2
SCIA0706E
SAT408JA
AT-214
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
3. In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves Forward Or Backward When Pushed ECS007Q4
A
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle moves when it is pushed forward or backward with selector lever in “P” position.
1. CHECK PARKING COMPONENTS B
Check parking components. Refer to AT-416, "OVERHAUL" .
OK or NG
AT
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
E
SAT282F
AT-215
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
4. In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves ECS007Q5
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle moves forward or backward when selecting “N” position.
1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” show damage to PNP switch circuit?
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to PNP switch circuit?
Yes or No
Yes >> Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to AT-239, "21. TCM
Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP & Overdrive
Control Switches, and Throttle Position Sensor Circuit
Checks)" .
No >> GO TO 2
SCIA0706E
SAT023JB
SAT638A
AT-216
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION A
1. Remove oil pan refer to AT-409, "REMOVAL" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG B
OK >> GO TO 5
NG >> 1. Disassemble A/T.
2. Check the following items: AT
– Forward clutch assembly
SAT171B
E
5. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
F
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. G
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
5. Large Shock. “N” → “R” Position ECS007Q6
H
SYMPTOM:
There is large shock when changing from “N” to “R” position.
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS I
Does self-diagnosis show damage to A/T fluid temperature sensor,
line pressure solenoid valve or throttle position sensor circuit?
Yes or No J
Yes >> ● Check damaged circuit. Refer to the following items.
EURO-OBD
K
– AT-166, "DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID
VALVE"
– AT-183, "DTC P1705 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSI-
L
TION (APP) SENSOR"
– AT-197, "DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID SCIA0769E
MCIB9006E
AT-217
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
3. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in “D” position. Refer
to AT-67, "Line Pressure Test" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4
NG >> 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-409,
"Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
2. Check the following items:
– Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator
valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot valve and pilot fil-
ter) SAT494G
– Line pressure solenoid valve
4. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position ECS007Q7
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not creep backward when selecting “R” position.
SAT638A
AT-218
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
2. CHECK STALL TEST A
Check stall revolution with selector lever in “1” and “R” positions.
Refer to AT-64, "Stall Test" .
OK or NG B
OK >> GO TO 3
OK in “1” position, NG in “R” position>>1.Remove control valve
assembly. Refer to AT-409, "Control Valve Assembly AT
and Accumulators" .
2. Check the following items:
– Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator D
valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot valve and pilot fil-
ter) SAT493G
– Line pressure solenoid valve (AT-166, "DTC P0745 E
LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE" : EURO-OBD)
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items: F
– Oil pump assembly
– Torque converter
Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in “R” position. Refer
to AT-67, "Line Pressure Test" . J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4
NG >> 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-409, K
"Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
2. Check the following items:
– Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator L
valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot valve and pilot fil-
ter) SAT494G
– Line pressure solenoid valve (AT-166, "DTC P0745
M
LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE" : EURO-OBD)
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following item:
– Oil pump assembly
AT-219
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan, refer to AT-409, "REMOVAL" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5
NG >> GO TO 6
SAT171B
5. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-220
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position ECS007Q8
A
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not creep forward when selecting “D”, “2” or “1” position.
1. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL B
Check A/T fluid level again.
OK or NG
AT
OK >> GO TO 2
NG >> Refill ATF.
E
SAT638A
Check stall revolution with selector lever in “D” position. Refer to AT-
64, "Stall Test" .
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3
NG >> GO TO 6 H
SAT493G
J
3. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in “D” position. Refer
to AT-67, "Line Pressure Test" . K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4
NG >> 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-409, L
"Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
2. Check the following items:
– Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator M
valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot valve and pilot fil-
ter) SAT494G
– Line pressure solenoid valve (AT-166, "DTC P0745
LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE" )
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following item:
– Oil pump assembly
AT-221
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan, refer to AT-409, "REMOVAL" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5
NG >> GO TO 6
SAT171B
5. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-222
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 ECS007Q9
A
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle cannot be started from D1 on Cruise test — Part 1.
1. CHECK SYMPTOM B
Is 6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position OK?
Yes or No
AT
Yes >> GO TO 2
No >> Go to AT-218, "6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position" .
MCIB9006E
M
4. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at stall point with selector lever in “D” position.
Refer to AT-67, "Line Pressure Test" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5
NG >> GO TO 8
SAT494G
AT-223
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan, refer to AT-409, "REMOVAL" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6
NG >> GO TO 8
SAT171B
7. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-224
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-409, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
2. Check the following items:
– Shift valve A B
– Shift valve B
– Shift solenoid valve A
AT
– Shift solenoid valve B
– Pilot valve
– Pilot filter D
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items:
– Forward clutch assembly E
– Forward one-way clutch
– Low one-way clutch
– High clutch assembly F
– Torque converter
– Oil pump assembly
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. H
9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 → D2 ECS007QA
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from D1 to D2 at the specified speed. I
A/T does not shift from D4 to D2 when depressing accelerator pedal fully at the specified speed.
1. CHECK SYMPTOM J
Are 7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position and 8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1
OK?
Yes or No K
Yes >> GO TO 2
No >> Go to AT-221, "7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position" , AT-223, "8. Vehicle
Cannot Be Started From D1" . L
SCIA0706E
AT-225
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
3. CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) AND CHECK VEHICLE SPEED
SENSOR·MTR CIRCUIT
Check vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR circuit. Refer to AT-125,
"DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" and AT-203, "DTC VEHICLE
SPEED SENSOR MTR" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4
NG >> Repair or replace vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
circuits.
MCIB9006E
SAT171B
AT-226
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
7. CHECK SYMPTOM A
Check again.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END B
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Remove control valve. Refer to AT-409, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
D
2. Check the following items:
– Shift valve A
– Shift solenoid valve A (AT-173, "DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A" ) E
– Pilot valve
– Pilot filter
3. Disassemble A/T. F
4. Check the following items:
– Servo piston assembly
G
– Brake band
– Oil pump assembly
OK or NG H
OK >> GO TO 7
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 ECS007QB I
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from D2 to D3 at the specified speed.
J
1. CHECK SYMPTOM
Are 7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position and 8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1
OK? K
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2
No >> Go to AT-221, "7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position" , AT-223, "8. Vehi- L
cle Cannot Be Started From D1" .
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” show damage to PNP switch circuit?
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to PNP switch circuit?
Yes or No
Yes >> Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to AT-239, "21. TCM
Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP & Overdrive
Control Switches, and Throttle Position Sensor Circuit
Checks)" .
No >> GO TO 3
SCIA0706E
AT-227
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR*
*: This sensor means accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor.
Refer to AT-183, "DTC P1705 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
(APP) SENSOR" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4
NG >> Repair or replace throttle position sensor.
MCIB9006E
SAT171B
6. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-228
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-409, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
2. Check the following items:
– Shift valve B B
– Shift solenoid valve B (AT-178, "DTC P0755 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B" )
– Pilot valve
AT
– Pilot filter
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items: D
– Servo piston assembly
– High clutch assembly
– Oil pump assembly E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. F
SYMPTOM: G
● A/T does not shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed.
● A/T must be warm before D3 to D4 shift will occur.
H
1. CHECK SYMPTOM
Are 7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position and 8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1
OK? I
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2
No >> Go to AT-221, "7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position" , AT-223, "8. Vehi- J
cle Cannot Be Started From D1" .
– AT-197, "DTC BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM
POWER SOURCE)"
– AT-203, "DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR"
– AT-239, "21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP & Overdrive Control Switches, and
Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Checks)"
No >> GO TO 3
AT-229
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR*
*: This sensor means accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor.
Refer to AT-183, "DTC P1705 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
(APP) SENSOR" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4
NG >> Repair or replace throttle position sensor.
MCIB9006E
SAT171B
6. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-230
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-409, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
2. Check the following items:
– Shift valve B B
– Overrun clutch control valve
– Shift solenoid valve B
AT
– Pilot valve
– Pilot filter
3. Disassemble A/T. D
4. Check the following items:
– Servo piston assembly
– Brake band E
– Torque converter
– Oil pump assembly
OK or NG F
OK >> GO TO 6
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
G
AT-231
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
12. A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up ECS007QD
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not perform lock-up at the specified speed.
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Does self-diagnosis show damage to torque converter clutch sole-
noid valve circuit after cruise test?
Yes or No
Yes >> Check torque converter clutch solenoid valve circuit.
Refer to AT-161, "DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER
CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" .
No >> GO TO 2
SCIA0772E
MCIB9006E
4. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-232
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
13. A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition ECS007QE
A
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not hold lock-up condition for more than 30 seconds.
1. CHECK DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS B
Does self-diagnosis show damage to engine speed signal circuit
after cruise test?
Yes or No AT
Yes >> Check engine speed signal circuit. Refer to AT-131,
"DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" .
No >> GO TO 2 D
E
SCIA0773E
SAT171B J
4. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-233
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-409, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
2. Check the following items:
– Torque converter clutch control valve
– Pilot valve
– Pilot filter
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check torque converter and oil pump assembly.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
14. Lock-up Is Not Released ECS007QF
SYMPTOM:
Lock-up is not released when accelerator pedal is released.
1. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR* CIRCUIT
*: This sensor means accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor.
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” show damage throttle position sensor circuit?
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to throttle position sensor circuit?
Yes or No
Yes >> Check throttle position sensor circuit. Refer to AT-239,
"21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP &
Overdrive Control Switches, and Throttle Position Sen-
sor Circuit Checks)" .
No >> GO TO 2
SCIA0706E
2. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-234
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3 ) ECS007QG
A
SYMPTOM:
● Engine speed does not smoothly return to idle when A/T shifts from D4 to D3 .
● Vehicle does not decelerate by engine brake when turning overdrive control switch OFF. B
● Vehicle does not decelerate by engine brake when shifting A/T from “D” to “2” position.
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
AT
Does self-diagnosis show damage to overrun clutch solenoid valve
circuit after cruise test?
Yes or NO D
Yes >> Check overrun clutch solenoid valve circuit. Refer to AT-
189, "DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID
VALVE" . E
No >> GO TO 2
F
SCIA0774E
MCIB9006E
K
3. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan, refer to AT-409, "REMOVAL" . L
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4 M
NG >> GO TO 6
SAT171B
AT-235
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-409, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
2. Check the following items:
– Overrun clutch control valve
– Overrun clutch reducing valve
– Overrun clutch solenoid valve (AT-189, "DTC P1760 OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" )
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
5. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not start from D1 on Cruise test — Part 2.
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Does self-diagnosis show damage to vehicle speed sensor·A/T (rev-
olution sensor), shift solenoid valve A, B or vehicle speed sen-
sor·MTR after cruise test?
Yes or No
Yes >> ● Check damaged circuit. Refer to the following items.
EURO-OBD
– AT-125, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T
(REVOLUTION SENSOR)"
– AT-173, "DTC P0750 SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A"
No >> GO TO 2
AT-236
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
2. CHECK SYMPTOM A
Check again.
OK or NG
OK >> Go to AT-223, "8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1" . B
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT
17. A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D3 , When Overdrive Control Switch “ON” →
“OFF” ECS007QI
SYMPTOM: D
A/T does not shift from D4 to D3 when changing overdrive control switch to “OFF” position.
1. CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT
E
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” show damage to overdrive control switch circuit?
Without CONSULT-II F
Does self-diagnosis show damage to overdrive control switch cir-
cuit?
Yes or No G
Yes >> Check overdrive control switch circuit. Refer to AT-239,
"21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP &
Overdrive Control Switches, and Throttle Position Sen- H
sor Circuit Checks)" .
No >> Go to 10. AT-227, "10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3" .
I
SCIA0706E
18. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → 22 , When Selector Lever “D” → “2” Position ECS007QJ
J
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from D3 to 22 when changing selector lever from “D” to “2” position.
1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT K
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” show damage to PNP switch circuit? L
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to PNP switch circuit?
Yes or No M
Yes >> Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to AT-239, "21. TCM
Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP & Overdrive
Control Switches, and Throttle Position Sensor Circuit
Checks)" .
No >> Go to AT-225, "9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does
Not Kickdown: D4 → D2" .
SCIA0706E
AT-237
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
19. A/T Does Not Shift: 22 → 11 , When Selector Lever “2” → “1” Position ECS007QK
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from 22 to 11 when changing selector lever from “2” to “1” position.
SCIA0706E
SAT778B
Yes or No
Yes >> Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to AT-239, "21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP &
Overdrive Control Switches, and Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Checks)" .
No >> GO TO 2
2. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-238
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
20. Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake ECS007QL
A
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not decelerate by engine brake when shifting from 22 (12 ) to 11 .
1. CHECK SYMPTOM B
Is 6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position OK?
Yes or No
AT
Yes >> Go to AT-235, "15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3 )" .
No >> Go to AT-218, "6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position" .
21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP & Overdrive Control Switches, D
and Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Checks) ECS007QM
SCIA0752E
H
K
SCIA0776E
MCIB9006E
SYMPTOM:
O/D OFF indicator lamp does not come on in TCM self-diagnostic procedure even if the lamp circuit is
good.
DESCRIPTION
● PNP switch
The PNP switch assembly includes a transmission position switch. The transmission position switch
detects the selector lever position and sends a signal to the TCM.
● Overdrive control switch
AT-239
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
Detects the overdrive control switch position (ON or OFF) and sends a signal to the TCM.
● Throttle position sensor*
*: This sensor means accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor.
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, acceleration pedal position sensor, throt-
tle position sensor, etc. The actuator sends a signal to the TCM.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT (WITH CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
(Do not start engine.)
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out “P/N”, “R”, “D”, “2” and “1” position switches moving selector lever to each position.
Check that the signal of the selector lever position is indicated
properly.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3
NG >> Check the following items:
● PNP switch (Refer to AT-244, "COMPONENT
INSPECTION" .)
● Harness for short or open between ignition switch and
PNP switch
● Harness for short or open between PNP switch and SAT701J
TCM
● Diode (P, N positions)
AT-240
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
2. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT (WITHOUT CONSULT-II) A
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position. (Do not start engine.)
B
2. Check voltage between TCM terminals 26, 27, 34, 35, 36 and
ground while moving selector lever through each position.
Voltage: AT
B: Battery voltage
0: 0V
D
Lever posi- Terminal No.
tion 36 35 34 27 26
E
P, N B 0 0 0 0
R 0 B 0 0 0
D 0 0 B 0 0 F
2 0 0 0 B 0
1 0 0 0 0 B
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4
NG >> Check the following items: H
● PNP switch (Refer to AT-244, "COMPONENT
INSPECTION" .) SCIA0777E
AT-241
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
4. CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
(Do not start engine.)
2. Check voltage between A/T device connector terminal 2 and ground when overdrive control switch is “ON”
and “OFF”.
Voltage:
Switch position “ON”:
Battery voltage
Switch position “OFF”:
1V or less
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6
NG >> Check the following items:
● Overdrive control switch (Refer to AT-244, "COMPONENT INSPECTION" .)
● Harness for short or open between TCM and overdrive control switch
● Harness of ground circuit for overdrive control switch for short or open
AT-242
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
5. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR* CIRCUIT (WITH CONSULT-II) A
*:This sensor means accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor.
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position. B
(Do not start engine.)
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
AT
3. Read out “THRTL POS SEN” depressing and releasing accelerator pedal.
Check the signal of throttle position sensor is indicated properly.
F
SAT014K
J
SAT614J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7 K
NG >> Check the following items:
● Throttle position sensor — Refer to AT-244, "COMPONENT INSPECTION" .
● Harness for short or open between ignition switch and throttle position sensor L
● Harness for short or open between throttle position sensor and TCM
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
(Do not start engine.)
2. Check voltage between TCM terminals 41 and 48 while
depressing, and releasing accelerator pedal slowly. (After warm-
ing up engine)
Voltage:
Fully-closed throttle valve : Approximately 0.5V
Fully-open throttle valve : Approximately 4V
(Voltage rises and drops gradually in response to
throttle position)
MCIB0108E
AT-243
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7
NG >> Check the following items:
● Throttle position sensor — Refer to AT-244, "COMPONENT INSPECTION" .
● Harness for short or open between ignition switch and throttle position sensor
● Harness for short or open between throttle position sensor and TCM
7. CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.Refer to AT-240 .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> ● Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
● If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
COMPONENT INSPECTION
Overdrive Control Switch
● Check continuity between two terminals 7 and 8.
Switch position Continuity
ON No
OFF Yes
SAT005K
PNP Switch
1. Check continuity between terminals 1 and 3 and between termi-
nals 2 and 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 while moving manual shaft through
each position.
Lever position Terminal No.
P 3—7 1—2
R 3—8
N 3—9 1—2
D 3—6
2 3—5
1 3—4
SAT402JA
AT-244
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EURO-OBD]
2. If NG, check again with manual control cable disconnected from
manual shaft of A/T assembly. Refer to step 1. A
3. If OK on step 2, adjust manual control cable. Refer to AT-411,
"Control Cable Adjustment" .
4. If NG on step 2, remove PNP switch from A/T and check conti- B
nuity of PNP switch terminals. Refer to step 1.
5. If OK on step 4, adjust PNP switch. Refer to AT-411, "Park/Neu-
tral Position (PNP) Switch Adjustment" . AT
6. If NG on step 4, replace PNP switch.
SAT089JA
D
Throttle Position Sensor*
*: This sensor means accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor.
Refer to AT-183, "DTC P1705 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR" .
E
AT-245
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD] PFP:00000
CONSULT-II ECS007QN
After performing AT-246, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH CONSULT-II)" , place check marks for
results on the AT-257, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" . Reference pages are provided following the items.
NOTICE:
1. The CONSULT-II electrically displays shift timing and lock-up timing (that is, operation timing of each sole-
noid).
Check for time difference between actual shift timing and the CONSULT-II display. If the difference is
noticeable, mechanical parts (except solenoids, sensors, etc.) may be malfunctioning. Check mechanical
parts using applicable diagnostic procedures.
2. Shift schedule (which implies gear position) displayed on CONSULT-II and that indicated in Service Man-
ual may differ slightly. This occurs because of the following reasons:
– Actual shift schedule has more or less tolerance or allowance,
– Shift schedule indicated in Service Manual refers to the point where shifts start, and
– Gear position displayed on CONSULT-II indicates the point where shifts are completed.
3. Shift solenoid valve “A” or “B” is displayed on CONSULT-II at the start of shifting. Gear position is dis-
played upon completion of shifting (which is computed by TCM).
4. Additional CONSULT-II information can be found in the Operation Manual supplied with the CONSULT-II
unit.
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH CONSULT-II)
1. Turn on CONSULT-II and touch “A/T” for TCM self-diagnosis.
If A/T is not displayed, check TCM power supply and ground cir-
cuit. Refer to AT-303, "TCM Terminals and Reference Value" . If
result is NG, refer to EL-12, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING".
SAT014K
SAT987J
AT-246
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT TEST MODE
Detected items TCM self-diagnosis
A
(Screen terms for CONSULT-II, “SELF
Available by O/D OFF
DIAGNOSIS” test mode)
B
Malfunction is detected when... Remarks
“A/T” “ENGINE”
indicator lamp or “A/T” AT
on CONSULT-II
Revolution sensor
● TCM does not receive the proper
VEH SPD SEN/ X — D
VHCL SPEED SEN·A/T voltage signal from the sensor.
CIR AT
● TCM does not receive the proper
Vehicle speed sensor (Meter) X —
voltage signal from the sensor. E
VHCL SPEED
—
SEN·MTR
Shift solenoid valve A ● TCM detects an improper voltage F
drop when it tries to operate the X
SHIFT SOLENOID/V A SFT SOL A/CIRC solenoid valve.
Shift solenoid valve B ● TCM detects an improper voltage G
drop when it tries to operate the X
SHIFT SOLENOID/V B SFT SOL B/CIRC solenoid valve.
Overrun clutch solenoid valve ● TCM detects an improper voltage H
OVERRUN CLUTCH S/ O/R CLUCH SOL/ drop when it tries to operate the X
V CIRC solenoid valve.
AT-247
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
Detected items TCM self-diagnosis
(Screen terms for CONSULT-II, “SELF
Available by O/D OFF
DIAGNOSIS” test mode)
“A/T” “ENGINE”
indicator lamp or “A/T”
on CONSULT-II
Initial start ● This is not a malfunction message
(Whenever shutting off a power
X
INITIAL START — supply to the TCM, this message
appears on the screen.)
No failure
(NO SELF DIAGNOSTIC FAILURE INDI-
● No failure has been detected. X
CATED FURTHER TESTING MAY BE
REQUIRED**)
X: Applicable
−: Not applicable
*1: A/T COMM LINE means CAN COMM LINE in this model.
AT-248
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
move to center Monitor items
A
Item Display TCM Description Remarks
Main Selection
Input
signals from menu
signals B
PN position (PNP) PN POSI SW ● ON/OFF state computed
switch [ON/OFF] X — from signal of PN posi-
tion SW is displayed.
AT
R position switch R POSITION SW ● ON/OFF state computed
[ON/OFF] X — from signal of R position
SW is displayed.
D
D position switch D POSITION SW ● ON/OFF state computed
[ON/OFF] X — from signal of D position
SW is displayed.
E
2 position switch 2 POSITION SW ● ON/OFF status, com-
[ON/OFF] puted from signal of 2
X —
position SW, is dis-
played. F
1 position switch 1 POSITION SW ● ON/OFF status, com-
[ON/OFF] puted from signal of 1
X —
position SW, is dis- G
played.
Kickdown switch KICKDOWN SW ● ON/OFF status, com- ● This is displayed even
[ON/OFF] X — puted from signal of kick when no kick down
H
down SW, is displayed. switch is equipped.
Gear position GEAR ● Gear position data used
— X for computation by TCM,
is displayed. I
Selector lever posi- SLCT LVR POSI ● Selector lever position ● A specific value used
tion data, used for computa- for control is displayed if
— X J
tion by TCM, is dis- fail-safe is activated
played. due to error.
Vehicle speed VEHICLE SPEED ● Vehicle speed data, used
[km/h] or [mph] — X for computation by TCM, K
is displayed.
TC SLIP ● Ratio of engine revolu-
Torque converter
RATIO — — tion to input shaft revolu- L
slip ratio
[0.000] tion of torque converter
Difference in revolution Display doesn't indicate o
TC SLIP
Torque converter between input shaft revolu- rpm even if engine is
slip speed
SPEED — —
tion and input shaft revolu- stopped.
M
[rpm]
tion of torque converter But this isn't malfunction.
Throttle position THROTTLE POSI ● Throttle position data, ● A specific value used
[/8] used for computation by for control is displayed if
— X
TCM, is displayed. fail-safe is activated
due to error.
Stop lamp switch BRAKE SW ● ON/OFF status is dis-
[ON/OFF] played.
ON... Brake pedal is
X —
depressed.
OFF... Brake pedal is
released.
Line pressure duty LINE PRES DTY ● Control value of line
[%] pressure solenoid valve,
— X computed by TCM from
each input signal, is dis-
played.
AT-249
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
move to center Monitor items
DUTY-HI — —
Duty cycle value for measurement probe is displayed.
DUTY-LOW — —
SAT014K
AT-250
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
3. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
A
AT
SCIA5358E
D
4. Touch “ERASE”. (The self-diagnostic results will be erased.)
G
SAT970J
M
SAT774B
MCIA3103E
AT-251
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
2. JUDGEMENT PROCEDURE STEP 1
1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
2. Turn ignition switch to “ACC” position.
3. Move selector lever to “D” position.
4. Set overdrive control switch to “OFF” position.
5. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position. (Do not start engine.)
Wait more than 2 seconds after turning ignition switch “ON”.
>> GO TO 3
SAT653E
>> GO TO 4
SAT780B
>> GO TO 5
SAT781B
>> GO TO 6
SAT981F
AT-252
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
6. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE A
Check O/D OFF indicator lamp. Refer to AT-253, "JUDGEMENT OF
SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE" .
B
>> DIAGNOSIS END
AT
D
MCIA3103E
SCIA0694E SCIA0695E I
All circuits that can be confirmed by self-diagnosis are OK. Revolution sensor circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
Þ Go to VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SEN-
J
SOR).
Refer to AT-346
2nd judgement flicker is longer than others. 3rd judgement flicker is longer than others.
K
SCIA0696E SCIA0697E
Vehicle speed sensor circuit is short-circuited or disconnected. Þ Go to ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR.
Þ Go to DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·MTR. Refer to AT-355
Refer to AT-351
AT-253
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
O/D OFF indicator lamp:
4th judgement flicker is longer than others. 5th judgement flicker is longer than others.
SCIA0698E SCIA0699E
Shift solenoid valve A circuit is short-circuited or disconnected. Shift solenoid valve B circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
Þ Go to SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A. Þ Go to SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B.
Refer to AT-360 Refer to AT-365
6th judgement flicker is longer than others. 7th judgement flicker is longer than others.
SCIA0700E SCIA0701E
Overrun clutch solenoid valve circuit is short-circuited or discon- Torque converter clutch solenoid valve circuit is short-circuited or
nected. disconnected.
Þ Go to OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE. Þ Go to TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE.
Refer to AT-370 Refer to AT-375
8th judgement flicker is longer than others. 9th judgement flicker is longer than others.
SCIA0702E SCIA0703E
A/T fluid temperature sensor is disconnected or TCM power Engine speed signal circuit is short-circuited or disconnected.
source circuit is damaged. Þ Go to ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL.
Þ Go to BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN(A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR
CIRCUIT AND TCM POWER SOURCE). Refer to AT-386
Refer to AT-380
AT-254
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
O/D OFF indicator lamp:
A
10th judgement flicker is longer than others. 11th judgement flicker is longer than others.
AT
D
SCIA0704E SCIA0705E
Line pressure solenoid valve circuit is short-circuited or discon- The ECM-A/T communication line is open or shorted.
E
nected.
Þ Go to LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE. ÞGo to CAN COMMUNICATION LINE.
Refer to AT-391 Refer to AT-398
F
Lamp comes OFF. Flickers as shown below.
SCIA0706E SAT804H
J
PNP switch, overdrive control switch or throttle position switch cir-
cuit is disconnected or TCM is damaged.
Þ Go to 21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP &
Overdrive Control Switches, and Throttle Position Sensor). Battery power is low. K
Refer to AT-336 Battery has been disconnected for a long time.
Battery is connected conversely.
(When reconnecting TCM connectors.—This is a problem.)
L
t1 = 2.5 seconds t2 = 2.0 seconds t3 = 1.0 second t4 = 1.0 second
AT-255
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION PFP:00000
Introduction ECS007QP
The TCM receives a signal from the vehicle speed sensor, throttle
position sensor or PNP switch and provides shift control or lock-up
control via A/T solenoid valves.
Input and output signals must always be correct and stable in the
operation of the A/T system. The A/T system must be in good oper-
ating condition and be free of valve seizure, solenoid valve malfunc-
tion, etc.
It is much more difficult to diagnose a problem that occurs intermit-
tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent problems are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace-
SAT631IA
ment of good parts.
A visual check only, may not find the cause of the problems. A road
test with CONSULT-II or a circuit tester connected should be per-
formed. Follow the “Work Flow”. Refer to AT-260, "Work Flow" .
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a drive ability complaint. The cus-
tomer can supply good information about such problems, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A “Diagnostic Worksheet” like the exam-
ple (AT-257, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" ) should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” problems first. This
will help troubleshoot drive ability problems on an electronically con-
SAT632I
trolled engine vehicle.
Also check related Service bulletins for information.
SEF234G
AT-256
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Information from Customer A
KEY POINTS
● WHAT..... Vehicle & A/T model
B
● WHEN..... Date, Frequencies
● WHERE..... Road conditions
● HOW..... Operating conditions, Symptoms AT
Customer name MR/MS Model & Year VIN
Trans. model Engine Mileage
D
Incident Date Manuf. Date In Service Date
Frequency ❏ Continuous ❏ Intermittent ( times a day)
Symptoms ❏ Vehicle does not move. (❏ Any position ❏ Particular position) E
❏ No up-shift (❏ 1st → 2nd ❏ 2nd → 3rd ❏ 3rd → O/D)
❏ No down-shift (❏ O/D → 3rd ❏ 3rd → 2nd ❏ 2nd → 1st)
❏ Lockup malfunction F
❏ Shift point too high or too low.
❏ Shift shock or slip (❏ N → D ❏ Lockup ❏ Any drive position)
G
❏ Noise or vibration
❏ No kick down
❏ No pattern select H
❏ Others
( )
O/D OFF indicator lamp Blinks for about 8 seconds. I
❏ Continuously lit ❏ Not lit
AT-257
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
Diagnostic Worksheet
1. ❏ Read the Fail-safe and listen to customer complaints. AT-257,
"Information
from Cus-
tomer"
2. ❏ CHECK A/T FLUID AT-262, "A/T
Fluid Check"
❏ Leakage (Follow specified procedure)
❏ Fluid condition
❏ Fluid level
3. ❏ Perform STALL TEST and LINE PRESSURE TEST. AT-263, "Stall
Test",
❏ Stall test — Mark possible damaged components/others.
AT-266, "Line
❏ Torque converter one-way clutch ❏ Low & reverse brake Pressure
❏ Reverse clutch ❏ Low one-way clutch Test"
❏ Forward clutch ❏ Engine
❏ Overrun clutch ❏ Line pressure is low
❏ Forward one-way clutch ❏ Clutches and brakes except high clutch and
brake band are OK
❏ Line Pressure test — Suspected parts:
4. ❏ Perform all ROAD TEST and mark required procedures. AT-267,
"Road Test"
4- Check before engine is started. AT-269, "1.
1. CHECK
❏ SELF-DIAGNOSTIC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE — Mark detected items.
BEFORE
❏ Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution sensor), AT-346 . ENGINE IS
❏ Vehicle speed sensor·MTR, AT-351 . STARTED"
❏ Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor, AT-355 .
❏ Shift solenoid valve A, AT-360 .
❏ Shift solenoid valve B, AT-365 .
❏ Overrun clutch solenoid valve, AT-370 .
❏ Torque converter clutch solenoid valve, AT-375 .
❏ A/T fluid temperature sensor and TCM power source, AT-380 .
❏ Engine speed signal, AT-386 .
❏ Line pressure solenoid valve, AT-391 .
❏ CAN communication line, AT-398 .
❏ Control unit (RAM), control unit (ROM), AT-207 .
❏ Control unit (EEP ROM), AT-209 .
❏ PNP & overdrive control switches, and throttle position sensor, AT-336 .
❏ Battery
❏ Others
4- Check at idle AT-270, "2.
2. CHECK AT
❏ 1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On, AT-312 .
IDLE"
❏ 2. Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” And “N” Position, AT-312 .
❏ 3. In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves Forward Or Backward When Pushed, AT-313 .
❏ 4. In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves, AT-314 .
❏ 5. Large Shock. “N” → “R” Position, AT-315 .
❏ 6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position, AT-316 .
❏ 7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position, AT-319 .
AT-258
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
4. 4- Cruise test AT-272, "3.
3. CRUISE A
Part-1
TEST",
❏ 8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 , AT-320 . AT-276,
❏ 9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 → D2 , AT-323 . "Cruise Test
❏ 10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 , AT-325 . — Part 1" B
❏ 11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 , AT-327 .
❏ 12. A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up,AT-329 .
❏ 13. A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition, AT-329 .
❏ 14. Lock-up Is Not Released, AT-331 .
AT
❏ 15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3 ), AT-331 .
Part-2 AT-279,
"Cruise Test D
❏ 16. Vehicle Does Not Start From D1 , AT-333 .
— Part 2"
❏ 9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does Not Kickdown: D4 → D2 , AT-323 .
❏ 10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 , AT-325 .
❏ 11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 , AT-327 . E
Part-3 AT-281,
"Cruise Test
❏ 17. A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D3 When Overdrive Control Switch “ON” → “OFF”, AT-333 .
— Part 3"
❏ 15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Engine Brake In D3 ), AT-331 . F
❏ 18. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → 22 , When Selector Lever “D” → “2” Position, AT-334 .
❏ 15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 →D3 ),AT-331 .
❏ 19. A/T Does Not Shift: 22 → 11 , When Selector Lever “2” → “1” Position, AT-335 .
❏ 20. Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake, AT-336 . G
❏ 21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP & Overdrive Control Switches, and throttle position sen-
sor Circuit Checks), AT-336 .
❏ SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE — Mark detected items.
H
❏ Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution sensor), AT-346 .
❏ Vehicle speed sensor·MTR, AT-351 .
❏ Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor, AT-355 .
❏ Shift solenoid valve A, AT-360 . I
❏ Shift solenoid valve B, AT-365 .
❏ Overrun clutch solenoid valve, AT-370 .
❏ Torque converter clutch solenoid valve, AT-375 .
❏ Batt/fluid temp sen (A/T fluid temperature sensor and TCM power source), AT-380 . J
❏ Engine speed signal, AT-386 .
❏ Line pressure solenoid valve, AT-391 .
❏ CAN communication line, AT-398 .
K
❏ Control unit (RAM), control unit (ROM), AT-207 .
❏ Control unit (EEP ROM), AT-209 .
❏ PNP & overdrive control switches, and throttle position sensor, AT-341 .
❏ Battery L
❏ Others
5. ❏ For self-diagnosis NG items, inspect each component. Repair or replace the damaged parts. AT-251,
"SELF-DIAG-
NOSTIC
M
PROCE-
DURE
(WITHOUT
CONSULT-
II)"
6. ❏ Perform all ROAD TEST and re-mark required procedures. AT-267,
"Road Test"
AT-259
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
7. ❏ Perform the Diagnostic Procedures for all remaining items marked NG. Repair or replace the damaged parts. AT-284,
Refer to the Symptom Chart when you perform the procedures. (The chart also shows some other possible "TROUBLE
symptoms and the component inspection orders.) DIAGNOSIS
— GEN-
ERAL
DESCRIP-
TION"
8. ❏ Erase self-diagnosis code from TCM memories. AT-250,
"HOW TO
ERASE
SELF-DIAG-
NOSTIC
RESULTS
(WITH CON-
SULT-II)", AT-
255, "HOW
TO ERASE
SELF-DIAG-
NOSTIC
RESULTS
(WITHOUT
CONSULT-
II)"
AT-260
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — INTRODUCTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
WORK FLOW CHART
A
AT
L
SAT097KC
AT-261
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION PFP:00000
SAT767B
SAT288G
SAT638A
AT-262
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
Stall Test ECS007QS
D
SAT647B
SAT513G
H
5. Start engine, apply foot brake, and place selector lever in D
position.
6. Accelerate to wide open throttle gradually while applying foot I
brake.
7. Quickly note the engine stall revolution and immediately release
throttle. J
● During test, never hold throttle wide open for more than 5
seconds.
K
SAT514G
Stall revolution: L
QG18DE 2,300 - 2,750 rpm
8. Move selector lever to “N” position.
M
9. Cool off ATF.
● Run engine at idle for at least one minute.
10. Repeat steps 5 through 9 with selector lever in “2”, “1” and “R”
positions.
SAT771B
AT-263
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
JUDGEMENT OF STALL TEST
The test result and possible damaged components relating to each result are shown in the illustrations on next
page.
In order to pinpoint the possible damaged components, follow the WORK FLOW shown in AT-260, "Work
Flow" .
NOTE:
Stall revolution is too high in “D”, “2” or “1” position:
● Slippage occurs in 1st gear but not in 2nd and 3rd gears...... Low one-way clutch slippage
● Slippage occurs in the following gears:
1st through 3rd gears in “D” position and engine brake functions with overdrive control switch set to
“OFF”.
1st and 2nd gears in “2” position and engine brake functions with accelerator pedal released (fully closed
throttle)...... Forward clutch or forward one-way clutch slippage
Stall revolution is too high in R position:
● Engine brake does not function in “1” position...... Low & reverse brake slippage
● Engine brake functions in “1” position...... Reverse clutch slippage
Stall revolution within specifications:
● Vehicle does not achieve speed of more than 80 km/h (50 MPH)...... One-way clutch seizure in torque
converter housing
CAUTION:
Be careful since automatic fluid temperature increases abnormally.
● Slippage occurs in 3rd and 4th gears in “D” position...... High clutch slippage
● Slippage occurs in 2nd and 4th gear in “D” position...... Brake band slippage
● Engine brake does not function in 2nd and 3rd gears in “D” position, 2nd gear in “2” position, and 1st gear
in “1” position with overdrive control switch set to “OFF”.
Stall revolution less than specifications:
● Poor acceleration during starts...... One-way clutch seizure in torque converter
AT-264
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
AT
SCIA0707E
AT-265
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
Line Pressure Test ECS007QT
SAT561J
SAT647B
UAT008
5. Start engine and measure line pressure at idle and stall speed.
● When measuring line pressure at stall speed, follow the
stall test procedure.
Line pressure: Refer to AT-518, "SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFI-
CATIONS (SDS)" .
SAT493G
AT-266
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
JUDGEMENT OF LINE PRESSURE TEST
Judgement Suspected parts
A
DESCRIPTION
● The purpose of the test is to determine overall performance of A/ K
T and analyze causes of problems.
● The road test consists of the following three parts:
1. Check before engine is started L
2. Check at idle
3. Cruise test
M
SAT786A
● Before road test, familiarize yourself with all test procedures and
items to check.
● Conduct tests on all items until specified symptom is found.
Troubleshoot items which check out No Good after road test.
Refer to the following items.
SAT496G
AT-267
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
AT-268
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
1. CHECK BEFORE ENGINE IS STARTED
A
1. CHECK O/D OFF INDICATOR LAMP
1. Park vehicle on flat surface.
2. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position. B
3. Move selector lever to “P” position.
4. Set overdrive control switch to “ON” position.
AT
5. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position. (Do not start engine.)
F
SAT774B
MCIA3103E J
AT-269
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
2. CHECK AT IDLE
1. CHECK ENGINE START
1. Park vehicle on flat surface.
2. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
3. Move selector lever to “P” or “N” position.
4. Turn ignition switch to “START” position.
5. Is engine started?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2
No >> ● Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET.
● GO TO AT-312, "2. Engine Cannot Be Started In “P”
and “N” Position" .
● Continue ROAD TEST. Refer to AT-267, "Road Test" .
SAT769B
No >> GO TO 3
SAT770B
SAT768B
No >> GO TO 4
SAT796A
AT-270
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
4. CHECK VEHICLE MOVE A
1. Apply parking brake.
2. Move selector lever to “N” position.
3. Turn ignition switch to “START” position and start engine. B
4. Release parking brake.
5. Does vehicle move forward or backward?
AT
Yes or No
Yes >> ● Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET.
● GO TO AT-314, "4. In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves" . D
● Continue ROAD TEST. Refer to AT-267, "Road Test" .
No >> GO TO 5
E
SAT771B
I
SAT797A
SAT772B M
SAT799A
AT-271
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
7. CHECK VEHICLE MOVE
1. Move selector lever to “D”, “2” and “1” positions and check if
vehicle creeps forward.
2. Does vehicle creep forward in all three positions?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO AT-272, "3. CRUISE TEST" .
No >> ● Mark the box on the DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET.
● GO TO AT-319, "7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward
In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position" .
● Continue ROAD TEST. Refer to AT-267, "Road Test" .
SAT773B
3. CRUISE TEST
● Check all items listed in Parts 1 through 3.
SAT601J
With CONSULT-II
● Using CONSULT-II, conduct a cruise test and record the result.
● Print the result and ensure that shifts and lock-ups take place as per Shift Schedule.
CONSULT-II Setting Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
2. Connect CONSULT-II to data link connector, which is located in
left side lower dash panel.
MCIB9002E
MBIB0233E
AT-272
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
5. Touch “A/T”.
A
AT
SAT014K
D
6. Touch “DATA MONITOR”.
G
SAT971J
K
SAT175K
SAT973J
AT-273
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
11. When performing cruise test, touch “RECORD”.
SAT134K
SAT135K
SAT987J
SAT974J
AT-274
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
14. Touch “DISPLAY”.
15. Touch “PRINT”. A
16. Check the monitor data printed out.
17. Continue cruise test part 2 and 3.
B
AT
SAT975J
D
Without CONSULT-II
● Throttle position sensor can be checked by voltage across termi-
nals 41 and 42 of TCM. E
SCIA0710E
AT-275
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
Cruise Test — Part 1
SAT774B
SAT775B
AT-276
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
2. CHECK SHIFT UP (D1 TO D2 )
A
Does A/T shift from D1 to D2 at the specified speed?
Read gear position, throttle opening and vehicle speed.
B
Specified speed when shifting from D1 to D2 :
Refer to AT-518, "Shift Schedule" .
Yes or No AT
Yes >> GO TO 3
No >> ● GO TO AT-323, "9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or
Does Not Kick down: D4 → D2" . D
● Continue ROAD TEST. Refer to AT-267, "Road Test" .
SAT954I
E
SAT955I
J
4. CHECK SHIFT UP (D3 TO D4 )
SAT956I
AT-277
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
5. CHECK LOCK-UP (D4 TO D4 L/U)
SAT957I
SAT958I
SAT959I
AT-278
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
Cruise Test — Part 2
A
1. CHECK STARTING GEAR (D1 ) POSITION
1. Confirm overdrive control switch is in “ON” position. B
2. Confirm selector lever is in “D” position.
3. Accelerate vehicle by half throttle again.
AT
4. Does vehicle start from D1 ?
Read gear position.
Yes or No D
Yes >> GO TO 2
No >> ● GO TO AT-333, "16. Vehicle Does Not Start From D1"
. E
● Continue ROAD TEST. Refer to AT-267, "Road Test" .
SAT495G
SAT404H
L
3. CHECK SHIFT UP (D2 TO D3 )
SAT960I
AT-279
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
4. CHECK SHIFT UP (D3 TO D4 ) AND ENGINE BRAKE
SAT405H
AT-280
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
Cruise Test — Part 3
A
1. CHECK SHIFT DOWN (D4 TO D3 )
SAT812A
F
4. Release accelerator pedal.
SAT813A
J
5. Set overdrive control switch to “OFF” position while driving in D4
.
K
M
SAT776BA
AT-281
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
2. CHECK ENGINE BRAKE
Does vehicle decelerate by engine brake?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 3
No >> ● GO TO AT-331, "15. Engine Speed Does Not Return
To Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3 )" .
● Continue ROAD TEST. Refer to AT-267, "Road Test" .
SAT776BA
1. Move selector lever from “D” to “2” position while driving in D3 (O/D OFF).
2. Does A/T shift from D3 (O/D OFF) to 22 ?
Read gear position.
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 4
No >> ● GO TO AT-334, "18. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → 22 ,
When Selector Lever “D” → “2” Position" .
● Continue ROAD TEST. Refer to AT-267, "Road Test" .
SAT791GA
SAT791GA
SAT778B
AT-282
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — BASIC INSPECTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
6. CHECK ENGINE BRAKE A
Does vehicle decelerate by engine brake?
Yes or No
Yes >> 1. Stop vehicle. B
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Refer to AT-251, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
(WITHOUT CONSULT-II)" , AT
No >> ● GO TO AT-336, "20. Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By
Engine Brake" .
● Continue ROAD TEST. Refer to AT-267, "Road Test" . D
SAT778B
AT-283
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION PFP:00000
AT-284
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item Reference Page
A
AT-411, "Control Cable
1. Control cable adjustment
Adjustment"
AT-266, "Line Pressure
2. Line pressure test B
Test"
AT-285
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item Reference Page
EC-757, "Idle Speed and
1. Engine idling rpm
Ignition Timing"
AT-355, "ACCELE
2. Throttle position sensor Accelerator
RATOR PEDAL POSI-
pedal position (APP) sensor Adjustment
TION (APP) SENSOR"
AT-266, "Line Pressure
3. Line pressure test
Test"
AT-380, "BATT/FLUID
TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID
4. A/T fluid temp sen circ and TCM pow
TEMP SENSOR CIR-
sour
CUIT AND TCM POWER
ON vehicle SOURCE)"
Sharp shock in shifting from “N” to “D”
AT-386, "ENGINE SPEED
position. 5. Engine speed signal
SIGNAL"
AT-391, "LINE PRES-
6. Line pressure solenoid valve SURE SOLENOID
VALVE"
AT-409, "Control Valve
7. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-409, "Control Valve
8. Accumulator N-D Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-467, "Forward and
OFF vehicle 9. Forward clutch
Overrun Clutches"
AT-411, "Control Cable
ON vehicle 1. Control cable adjustment
Adjustment"
Vehicle will not run in “D” and “2” posi- AT-416, "OVERHAUL",
tions (but runs in “1” and “R” posi- AT-420, "Locations of
tions). OFF vehicle 2. Low one-way clutch Adjusting Shims, Needle
Bearings, Thrust Washers
and Snap Rings"
AT-262, "FLUID LEVEL
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
AT-266, "Line Pressure
2. Line pressure test
Test"
AT-391, "LINE PRES-
3. Line pressure solenoid valve SURE SOLENOID
ON vehicle VALVE"
AT-409, "Control Valve
4. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
Vehicle will not run in “D”, “1”, “2” posi-
tions (but runs in “R” position). Clutch AT-409, "Control Valve
slips. Very poor acceleration. 5. Accumulator N-D Assembly and Accumula-
AT-319, "7. Vehicle Does Not Creep tors"
Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position" 6. Reverse clutch AT-458, "Reverse Clutch"
7. High clutch AT-462, "High Clutch"
AT-467, "Forward and
8. Forward clutch
Overrun Clutches"
OFF vehicle 9. Forward one-way clutch AT-416, "OVERHAUL"
AT-416, "OVERHAUL",
AT-420, "Locations of
10. Low one-way clutch Adjusting Shims, Needle
Bearings, Thrust Washers
and Snap Rings"
AT-286
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item Reference Page
A
AT-262, "FLUID LEVEL
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
AT-411, "Control Cable
2. Control cable adjustment B
Adjustment"
AT-355, "ACCELE
3. Throttle position sensor (Accelerator
RATOR PEDAL POSI-
pedal position (APP) sensor)
TION (APP) SENSOR" AT
AT-266, "Line Pressure
4. Line pressure test
Test"
ON vehicle
AT-391, "LINE PRES- D
5. Line pressure solenoid valve SURE SOLENOID
VALVE"
AT-409, "Control Valve E
Clutches or brakes slip somewhat in 6. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
starting. tors"
AT-409, "Control Valve
7. Accumulator N-D Assembly and Accumula-
F
tors"
AT-467, "Forward and
8. Forward clutch G
Overrun Clutches"
9. Reverse clutch AT-458, "Reverse Clutch"
AT-473, "Low & Reverse
10. Low & reverse brake H
Brake"
OFF vehicle
11. Oil pump AT-438, "Oil Pump"
AT-420, "Locations of
Adjusting Shims, Needle
I
12. Torque converter
Bearings, Thrust Washers
and Snap Rings"
EC-757, "Idle Speed and J
Excessive creep. ON vehicle 1. Engine idling rpm
Ignition Timing"
AT-262, "FLUID LEVEL
1. Fluid level
CHECK" K
AT-266, "Line Pressure
2. Line pressure test
ON vehicle Test"
AT-409, "Control Valve L
No creep at all. 3. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
AT-316, "6. Vehicle Does Not Creep tors"
Backward In “R” Position" and AT-
319, "7. Vehicle Does Not Creep For- AT-467, "Forward and M
4. Forward clutch
ward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position" Overrun Clutches"
5. Oil pump AT-438, "Oil Pump"
OFF vehicle
AT-420, "Locations of
Adjusting Shims, Needle
6. Torque converter
Bearings, Thrust Washers
and Snap Rings"
AT-287
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item Reference Page
AT-411, "Park/Neutral
1. PNP switch adjustment Position (PNP) Switch
Adjustment"
AT-411, "Control Cable
2. Control cable adjustment
Adjustment"
AT-360, "SHIFT SOLE-
3. Shift solenoid valve A
NOID VALVE A"
ON vehicle AT-409, "Control Valve
Failure to change gear from “D1 ” to 4. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
“D2 ”. tors"
AT-346, "VEHICLE
SPEED SENSOR - A/T
5. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution (REVOLUTION SEN-
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR SOR)", AT-351, "DTC
VEHICLE SPEED SEN-
SOR MTR"
AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
OFF vehicle 6. Brake band
ton Assembly"
AT-411, "Park/Neutral
1. PNP switch adjustment Position (PNP) Switch
Adjustment"
AT-411, "Control Cable
2. Control cable adjustment
Adjustment"
AT-365, "SHIFT SOLE-
3. Shift solenoid valve B
NOID VALVE B"
ON vehicle AT-409, "Control Valve
4. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
Failure to change gear from “D2 ” to
tors"
“D3 ”.
AT-346, "VEHICLE
SPEED SENSOR - A/T
5. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution (REVOLUTION SEN-
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR SOR)", AT-351, "DTC
VEHICLE SPEED SEN-
SOR MTR"
6. High clutch AT-462, "High Clutch"
OFF vehicle AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
7. Brake band
ton Assembly"
AT-411, "Park/Neutral
1. PNP switch adjustment Position (PNP) Switch
Adjustment"
AT-411, "Control Cable
2. Control cable adjustment
Adjustment"
AT-360, "SHIFT SOLE-
3. Shift solenoid valve A
NOID VALVE A"
AT-346, "VEHICLE
ON vehicle SPEED SENSOR - A/T
Failure to change gear from “D3 ” to 4. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution (REVOLUTION SEN-
“D4 ”. sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR SOR)", AT-351, "DTC
VEHICLE SPEED SEN-
SOR MTR"
AT-380, "BATT/FLUID
TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID
5. A/T fluid temp sen circ and TCM pow
TEMP SENSOR CIR-
sour
CUIT AND TCM POWER
SOURCE)"
AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
OFF vehicle 6. Brake band
ton Assembly"
AT-288
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item Reference Page
A
AT-355, "ACCELE
1.Throttle position sensor (Accelerator
RATOR PEDAL POSI-
pedal position (APP) sensor)
TION (APP) SENSOR"
Too high a gear change point from “D1 AT-346, "VEHICLE B
” to “D2 ”, from “D2 ” to “D3 ”, from “D3 SPEED SENSOR - A/T
” to “D4 ”. 2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution (REVOLUTION SEN-
AT-323, "9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR SOR)", AT-351, "DTC
ON vehicle AT
D2 Or Does Not Kick down: D4 → D2", VEHICLE SPEED SEN-
AT-325, "10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → SOR MTR"
D3" and AT-327, "11. A/T Does Not
Shift: D3 → D4" AT-360, "SHIFT SOLE-
3. Shift solenoid valve A D
NOID VALVE A"
AT-365, "SHIFT SOLE-
4. Shift solenoid valve B
NOID VALVE B"
AT-262, "FLUID LEVEL E
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
ON vehicle AT-409, "Control Valve
Gear change directly from “D1 ” to “D3
” occurs.
2. Accumulator servo release Assembly and Accumula- F
tors"
AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
OFF vehicle 3. Brake band
ton Assembly" G
EC-757, "Idle Speed and
1. Engine idling rpm
Ignition Timing"
AT-375, "TORQUE CON- H
2. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve VERTER CLUTCH
ON vehicle
SOLENOID VALVE"
Engine stops when shifting lever into AT-409, "Control Valve
“R”, “D”, “2” and “1”. I
3. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-420, "Locations of
Adjusting Shims, Needle J
OFF vehicle 4. Torque converter
Bearings, Thrust Washers
and Snap Rings"
AT-289
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item Reference Page
AT-355, "ACCELE
1. Throttle position sensor (Accelerator
RATOR PEDAL POSI-
pedal position (APP) sensor)
TION (APP) SENSOR"
AT-266, "Line Pressure
ON vehicle 2. Line pressure test
Test"
Too sharp a shock in change from “D2
AT-409, "Control Valve
” to “D3 ”.
3. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
4. High clutch AT-462, "High Clutch"
OFF vehicle AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
5. Brake band
ton Assembly"
AT-355, "ACCELE
1. Throttle position sensor (Accelerator
RATOR PEDAL POSI-
pedal position (APP) sensor)
TION (APP) SENSOR"
AT-266, "Line Pressure
ON vehicle 2. Line pressure test
Test"
Too sharp a shock in change from “D3 AT-409, "Control Valve
” to “D4 ”. 3. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
4. Brake band
ton Assembly"
OFF vehicle
AT-467, "Forward and
5. Overrun clutch
Overrun Clutches"
AT-262, "FLUID LEVEL
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
AT-355, "ACCELE
2. Throttle position sensor (Accelerator
RATOR PEDAL POSI-
pedal position (APP) sensor)
TION (APP) SENSOR"
AT-266, "Line Pressure
3. Line pressure test
ON vehicle Test"
Almost no shock or clutches slipping
in change from “D1 ” to “D2 ”. AT-409, "Control Valve
4. Accumulator servo release Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-409, "Control Valve
5. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
OFF vehicle 6. Brake band
ton Assembly"
AT-262, "FLUID LEVEL
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
AT-355, "ACCELE
2. Throttle position sensor (Accelerator
RATOR PEDAL POSI-
pedal position (APP) sensor) Adjustment
TION (APP) SENSOR"
ON vehicle
AT-266, "Line Pressure
Almost no shock or slipping in change 3. Line pressure test
Test"
from “D2 ” to “D3 ”.
AT-409, "Control Valve
4. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
5. High clutch AT-462, "High Clutch"
OFF vehicle AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
6. Brake band
ton Assembly"
AT-290
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item Reference Page
A
AT-262, "FLUID LEVEL
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
AT-355, "ACCELE
2. Throttle position sensor (Accelerator B
RATOR PEDAL POSI-
pedal position (APP) sensor)
TION (APP) SENSOR"
ON vehicle
AT-266, "Line Pressure
Almost no shock or slipping in change 3. Line pressure test
Test" AT
from “D3 ” to “D4 ”.
AT-409, "Control Valve
4. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors" D
5. High clutch AT-462, "High Clutch"
OFF vehicle AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
6. Brake band
ton Assembly" E
AT-262, "FLUID LEVEL
ON vehicle 1. Fluid level
CHECK"
2. Reverse clutch AT-458, "Reverse Clutch" F
AT-473, "Low & Reverse
3. Low & reverse brake
Brake"
Vehicle braked by gear change from
“D1 ” to “D2 ”. 4. High clutch AT-462, "High Clutch" G
OFF vehicle
AT-416, "OVERHAUL",
AT-420, "Locations of
5. Low one-way clutch Adjusting Shims, Needle H
Bearings, Thrust Washers
and Snap Rings"
AT-262, "FLUID LEVEL
ON vehicle 1. Fluid level
CHECK"
I
Vehicle braked by gear change from
“D2 ” to “D3 ”. AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
OFF vehicle 2. Brake band
ton Assembly"
J
AT-262, "FLUID LEVEL
ON vehicle 1. Fluid level
CHECK"
AT-291
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item Reference Page
AT-262, "FLUID LEVEL
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
AT-411, "Park/Neutral
2. PNP switch adjustment Position (PNP) Switch
Adjustment"
AT-360, "SHIFT SOLE-
ON vehicle 3. Shift solenoid valve A
NOID VALVE A"
AT-365, "SHIFT SOLE-
4. Shift solenoid valve B
NOID VALVE B"
AT-409, "Control Valve
5. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
Maximum speed not attained. Poor tors"
acceleration.
6. Reverse clutch AT-458, "Reverse Clutch"
7. High clutch AT-462, "High Clutch"
AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
8. Brake band
ton Assembly"
AT-473, "Low & Reverse
OFF vehicle 9. Low & reverse brake
Brake"
10. Oil pump AT-438, "Oil Pump"
AT-420, "Locations of
Adjusting Shims, Needle
11. Torque converter
Bearings, Thrust Washers
and Snap Rings"
AT-262, "FLUID LEVEL
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
AT-355, "ACCELE
2. Throttle position sensor (Accelerator
RATOR PEDAL POSI-
pedal position (APP) sensor)
TION (APP) SENSOR"
AT-370, "OVERRUN
3. Overrun clutch solenoid valve CLUTCH SOLENOID
VALVE"
ON vehicle
AT-360, "SHIFT SOLE-
4. Shift solenoid valve A
Failure to change gear from “D4 ” to NOID VALVE A"
“D3 ”. AT-391, "LINE PRES-
5. Line pressure solenoid valve SURE SOLENOID
VALVE"
AT-409, "Control Valve
6. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-473, "Low & Reverse
7. Low & reverse brake
Brake"
OFF vehicle
AT-467, "Forward and
8. Overrun clutch
Overrun Clutches"
AT-292
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item Reference Page
A
AT-262, "FLUID LEVEL
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
AT-355, "ACCELE
2. Throttle position sensor (Accelerator B
RATOR PEDAL POSI-
pedal position (APP) sensor)
TION (APP) SENSOR"
AT-360, "SHIFT SOLE-
ON vehicle 3. Shift solenoid valve A
NOID VALVE A" AT
Failure to change gear from “D3 ” to
AT-365, "SHIFT SOLE-
“D2 ” or from “D4 ” to “D2 ”. 4. Shift solenoid valve B
NOID VALVE B"
AT-409, "Control Valve D
5. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
6. High clutch AT-462, "High Clutch" E
OFF vehicle AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
7. Brake band
ton Assembly"
AT-262, "FLUID LEVEL F
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
AT-355, "ACCELE
2. Throttle position sensor (Accelerator
RATOR PEDAL POSI-
pedal position (APP) sensor) G
TION (APP) SENSOR"
AT-360, "SHIFT SOLE-
ON vehicle 3. Shift solenoid valve A
NOID VALVE A"
H
AT-365, "SHIFT SOLE-
4. Shift solenoid valve B
NOID VALVE B"
Failure to change gear from “D2 ” to AT-409, "Control Valve
“D1 ” or from “D3 ” to “D1 ”. 5. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
I
tors"
AT-416, "OVERHAUL",
AT-420, "Locations of J
6. Low one-way clutch Adjusting Shims, Needle
Bearings, Thrust Washers
OFF vehicle and Snap Rings"
K
7. High clutch AT-462, "High Clutch"
AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
8. Brake band
ton Assembly" L
AT-355, "ACCELE
1. Throttle position sensor (Accelerator
RATOR PEDAL POSI-
pedal position (APP) sensor)
TION (APP) SENSOR"
M
AT-266, "Line Pressure
2. Line pressure test
Test"
Gear change shock felt during decel-
ON vehicle AT-370, "OVERRUN
eration by releasing accelerator pedal.
3. Overrun clutch solenoid valve CLUTCH SOLENOID
VALVE"
AT-409, "Control Valve
4. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-355, "ACCELE
1. Throttle position sensor (Accelerator
RATOR PEDAL POSI-
pedal position (APP) sensor)
TION (APP) SENSOR"
Too high a change point from “D4 ” to AT-346, "VEHICLE
“D3 ”, from “D3 ” to “D2 ”, from “D2 ” to ON vehicle SPEED SENSOR - A/T
“D1 ”. 2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution (REVOLUTION SEN-
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR SOR)", AT-351, "DTC
VEHICLE SPEED SEN-
SOR MTR"
AT-293
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item Reference Page
AT-355, "ACCELE
1. Throttle position sensor (Accelerator
RATOR PEDAL POSI-
pedal position (APP) sensor)
TION (APP) SENSOR"
AT-346, "VEHICLE
SPEED SENSOR - A/T
Kickdown does not operate when 2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution (REVOLUTION SEN-
depressing accelerator pedal in “D4 ” ON vehicle sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR SOR)", AT-351, "DTC
within kick down vehicle speed. VEHICLE SPEED SEN-
SOR MTR"
AT-360, "SHIFT SOLE-
3. Shift solenoid valve A
NOID VALVE A"
AT-365, "SHIFT SOLE-
4. Shift solenoid valve B
NOID VALVE B"
AT-346, "VEHICLE
SPEED SENSOR - A/T
1. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution (REVOLUTION SEN-
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR SOR)", AT-351, "DTC
VEHICLE SPEED SEN-
Kickdown operates or engine over- SOR MTR"
runs when depressing accelerator AT-355, "ACCELE
ON vehicle 2. Throttle position sensor (Accelerator
pedal in “D4 ” beyond kick down vehi- RATOR PEDAL POSI-
cle speed limit. pedal position (APP) sensor)
TION (APP) SENSOR"
AT-360, "SHIFT SOLE-
3. Shift solenoid valve A
NOID VALVE A"
AT-365, "SHIFT SOLE-
4. Shift solenoid valve B
NOID VALVE B"
AT-262, "FLUID LEVEL
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
AT-355, "ACCELE
2. Throttle position sensor (Accelerator
RATOR PEDAL POSI-
pedal position (APP) sensor)
TION (APP) SENSOR"
AT-266, "Line Pressure
3. Line pressure test
ON vehicle Test"
Races extremely fast or slips in
AT-391, "LINE PRES-
changing from “D4 ” to “D3 ” when
4. Line pressure solenoid valve SURE SOLENOID
depressing accelerator pedal.
VALVE"
AT-409, "Control Valve
5. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
6. High clutch AT-462, "High Clutch"
OFF vehicle AT-467, "Forward and
7. Forward clutch
Overrun Clutches"
AT-294
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item Reference Page
A
AT-262, "FLUID LEVEL
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
AT-355, "ACCELE
2. Throttle position sensor (Accelerator B
RATOR PEDAL POSI-
pedal position (APP) sensor)
TION (APP) SENSOR"
AT-266, "Line Pressure
3. Line pressure test
Test" AT
ON vehicle AT-391, "LINE PRES-
Races extremely fast or slips in 4. Line pressure solenoid valve SURE SOLENOID
changing from “D4 ” to “D2 ” when VALVE" D
depressing accelerator pedal. AT-360, "SHIFT SOLE-
5. Shift solenoid valve A
NOID VALVE A"
AT-409, "Control Valve E
6. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
7. Brake band
ton Assembly"
F
OFF vehicle
AT-467, "Forward and
8. Forward clutch
Overrun Clutches"
G
AT-262, "FLUID LEVEL
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
AT-355, "ACCELE
2. Throttle position sensor (Accelerator H
RATOR PEDAL POSI-
pedal position (APP) sensor)
TION (APP) SENSOR"
AT-266, "Line Pressure
3. Line pressure test
Test" I
AT-391, "LINE PRES-
ON vehicle 4. Line pressure solenoid valve SURE SOLENOID
VALVE" J
Races extremely fast or slips in AT-409, "Control Valve
changing from “D3 ” to “D2 ” when 5. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
depressing accelerator pedal. tors"
K
AT-380, "BATT/FLUID
TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID
6. A/T fluid temp sen circ and TCM pow
TEMP SENSOR CIR-
sour L
CUIT AND TCM POWER
SOURCE)"
AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
7. Brake band
ton Assembly" M
OFF vehicle AT-467, "Forward and
8. Forward clutch
Overrun Clutches"
9. High clutch AT-462, "High Clutch"
AT-295
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item Reference Page
AT-262, "FLUID LEVEL
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
AT-355, "ACCELE
2. Throttle position sensor (Accelerator
RATOR PEDAL POSI-
pedal position (APP) sensor)
TION (APP) SENSOR"
AT-266, "Line Pressure
3. Line pressure test
ON vehicle Test"
AT-391, "LINE PRES-
4. Line pressure solenoid valve SURE SOLENOID
Races extremely fast or slips in VALVE"
changing from “D4 ” or “D3 ” to “D1 ” AT-409, "Control Valve
when depressing accelerator pedal. 5. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-467, "Forward and
6. Forward clutch
Overrun Clutches"
7. Forward one-way clutch AT-416, "OVERHAUL"
OFF vehicle AT-416, "OVERHAUL",
AT-420, "Locations of
8. Low one-way clutch Adjusting Shims, Needle
Bearings, Thrust Washers
and Snap Rings"
AT-262, "FLUID LEVEL
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
AT-411, "Control Cable
2. Control cable adjustment
Adjustment"
ON vehicle AT-266, "Line Pressure
3. Line pressure test
Test"
AT-391, "LINE PRES-
4. Line pressure solenoid valve SURE SOLENOID
VALVE"
5. Oil pump AT-438, "Oil Pump"
6. High clutch AT-462, "High Clutch"
Vehicle will not run in any position.
AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
7. Brake band
ton Assembly"
AT-473, "Low & Reverse
8. Low & reverse brake
Brake"
OFF vehicle AT-420, "Locations of
Adjusting Shims, Needle
9. Torque converter
Bearings, Thrust Washers
and Snap Rings"
AT-481, "Output Shaft,
Idler Gear, Reduction Pin-
10. Parking components
ion Gear and Bearing
Retainer"
AT-262, "FLUID LEVEL
ON vehicle 1. Fluid level
CHECK"
Transmission noise in “D”, “2”, “1” and AT-420, "Locations of
“R” positions. Adjusting Shims, Needle
OFF vehicle 2. Torque converter
Bearings, Thrust Washers
and Snap Rings"
AT-296
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item Reference Page
A
AT-411, "Park/Neutral
1. PNP switch adjustment Position (PNP) Switch
Adjustment"
AT-355, "ACCELE B
2. Throttle position sensor (Accelerator
RATOR PEDAL POSI-
pedal position (APP) sensor)
TION (APP) SENSOR"
AT-370, "OVERRUN AT
Failure to change from “D3 ” to “22 ” 3. Overrun clutch solenoid valve CLUTCH SOLENOID
when changing lever into “2” position. VALVE"
AT-334, "18. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → ON vehicle
AT-360, "SHIFT SOLE-
22 , When Selector Lever “D” → “2” 4. Shift solenoid valve A D
NOID VALVE A"
Position"
AT-365, "SHIFT SOLE-
5. Shift solenoid valve B
NOID VALVE B"
E
AT-409, "Control Valve
6. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-411, "Control Cable
F
7. Control cable adjustment
Adjustment"
Failure to change from “D3 ” to “22 ” AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
8. Brake band G
when changing lever into “2” position. ton Assembly"
AT-334, "18. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → OFF vehicle
22 , When Selector Lever “D” → “2” AT-467, "Forward and
9. Overrun clutch
Position" Overrun Clutches"
H
AT-411, "Park/Neutral
Gear change from “22 ” to “23 ” in “2”
ON vehicle 1. PNP switch adjustment Position (PNP) Switch
position.
Adjustment"
I
AT-411, "Park/Neutral
1. PNP switch adjustment Position (PNP) Switch
Adjustment"
AT-411, "Control Cable J
2. Control cable adjustment
Adjustment"
AT-355, "ACCELE
3. Throttle position sensor (Accelerator
pedal position (APP) sensor)
RATOR PEDAL POSI- K
TION (APP) SENSOR"
AT-346, "VEHICLE
SPEED SENSOR - A/T L
4. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution (REVOLUTION SEN-
ON vehicle
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR SOR)", AT-351, "DTC
Engine brake does not operate in “1”
VEHICLE SPEED SEN-
position.
SOR MTR" M
AT-333, "16. Vehicle Does Not Start
From D1" AT-360, "SHIFT SOLE-
5. Shift solenoid valve A
NOID VALVE A"
AT-409, "Control Valve
6. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-370, "OVERRUN
7. Overrun clutch solenoid valve CLUTCH SOLENOID
VALVE"
AT-467, "Forward and
8. Overrun clutch
Overrun Clutches"
OFF vehicle
AT-473, "Low & Reverse
9. Low & reverse brake
Brake"
AT-297
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item Reference Page
AT-411, "Park/Neutral
1. PNP switch adjustment Position (PNP) Switch
Gear change from “11 ” to “12 ” in “1” Adjustment"
ON vehicle
position.
AT-411, "Control Cable
2. Control cable adjustment
Adjustment"
AT-411, "Park/Neutral
1. PNP switch adjustment Position (PNP) Switch
Adjustment"
AT-346, "VEHICLE
SPEED SENSOR - A/T
2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution (REVOLUTION SEN-
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR SOR)", AT-351, "DTC
VEHICLE SPEED SEN-
SOR MTR"
ON vehicle
AT-360, "SHIFT SOLE-
3. Shift solenoid valve A
Does not change from “12 ” to “11 ” in NOID VALVE A"
“1” position.
AT-409, "Control Valve
4. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-370, "OVERRUN
5. Overrun clutch solenoid valve CLUTCH SOLENOID
VALVE"
AT-467, "Forward and
6. Overrun clutch
Overrun Clutches"
OFF vehicle
AT-473, "Low & Reverse
7. Low & reverse brake
Brake"
AT-409, "Control Valve
ON vehicle 1. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
Large shock changing from “12 ” to “11 tors"
” in “1” position.
AT-473, "Low & Reverse
OFF vehicle 2. Low & reverse brake
Brake"
AT-298
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item Reference Page
A
AT-262, "FLUID LEVEL
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
EC-757, "Idle Speed and
2. Engine idling rpm B
Ignition Timing"
AT-355, "ACCELE
3. Throttle position sensor (Accelerator
RATOR PEDAL POSI-
pedal position (APP) sensor)
TION (APP) SENSOR" AT
ON vehicle AT-266, "Line Pressure
4. Line pressure test
Test"
AT-391, "LINE PRES- D
5. Line pressure solenoid valve SURE SOLENOID
VALVE"
AT-409, "Control Valve E
6. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
Transmission overheats. 7. Oil pump AT-438, "Oil Pump"
F
8. Reverse clutch AT-458, "Reverse Clutch"
9. High clutch AT-462, "High Clutch"
AT-486, "Band Servo Pis- G
10. Brake band
ton Assembly"
AT-467, "Forward and
11. Forward clutch
Overrun Clutches" H
OFF vehicle
AT-467, "Forward and
12. Overrun clutch
Overrun Clutches"
AT-299
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item Reference Page
AT-262, "FLUID LEVEL
ON vehicle 1. Fluid level
CHECK"
AT-420, "Locations of
Adjusting Shims, Needle
2. Torque converter
Bearings, Thrust Washers
and Snap Rings"
3. Oil pump AT-438, "Oil Pump"
4. Reverse clutch AT-458, "Reverse Clutch"
Offensive smell at fluid charging pipe. 5. High clutch AT-462, "High Clutch"
OFF vehicle AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
6. Brake band
ton Assembly"
AT-467, "Forward and
7. Forward clutch
Overrun Clutches"
AT-467, "Forward and
8. Overrun clutch
Overrun Clutches"
AT-473, "Low & Reverse
9. Low & reverse brake
Brake"
AT-355, "ACCELE
1. Throttle position sensor (Accelerator
RATOR PEDAL POSI-
pedal position (APP) sensor)
TION (APP) SENSOR"
AT-346, "VEHICLE
SPEED SENSOR - A/T
2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution (REVOLUTION SEN-
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR SOR)", AT-351, "DTC
VEHICLE SPEED SEN-
SOR MTR"
AT-411, "Park/Neutral
3. PNP switch adjustment Position (PNP) Switch
Adjustment"
AT-386, "ENGINE SPEED
4. Engine speed signal
ON vehicle SIGNAL"
AT-380, "BATT/FLUID
Torque converter is not locked up. TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID
5. A/T fluid temp sen circ and TCM pow
TEMP SENSOR CIR-
sour
CUIT AND TCM POWER
SOURCE)"
AT-266, "Line Pressure
6. Line pressure test
Test"
AT-375, "TORQUE CON-
7. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve VERTER CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE"
AT-409, "Control Valve
8. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-420, "Locations of
Adjusting Shims, Needle
OFF vehicle 9. Torque converter
Bearings, Thrust Washers
and Snap Rings"
AT-300
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item Reference Page
A
AT-262, "FLUID LEVEL
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
AT-355, "ACCELE
2. Throttle position sensor (Accelerator B
RATOR PEDAL POSI-
pedal position (APP) sensor)
TION (APP) SENSOR"
AT-266, "Line Pressure
3. Line pressure test
Test" AT
ON vehicle AT-375, "TORQUE CON-
4. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve VERTER CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE" D
Torque converter clutch piston slip.
AT-391, "LINE PRES-
5. Line pressure solenoid valve SURE SOLENOID
VALVE"
E
AT-409, "Control Valve
6. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-420, "Locations of
F
Adjusting Shims, Needle
OFF vehicle 7. Torque converter
Bearings, Thrust Washers
and Snap Rings" G
AT-355, "ACCELE
1. Throttle position sensor (Accelerator
RATOR PEDAL POSI-
pedal position (APP) sensor) Adjustment
TION (APP) SENSOR"
H
AT-346, "VEHICLE
SPEED SENSOR - A/T
2. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution (REVOLUTION SEN-
Lock-up point is extremely high or low. sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR SOR)", AT-351, "DTC I
AT-329, "12. A/T Does Not Perform ON vehicle VEHICLE SPEED SEN-
Lock-up" SOR MTR"
AT-375, "TORQUE CON- J
3. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve VERTER CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE"
AT-409, "Control Valve
4. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
K
tors"
AT-301
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item Reference Page
AT-355, "ACCELE
1. Throttle position sensor (Accelerator
RATOR PEDAL POSI-
pedal position (APP) sensor)
TION (APP) SENSOR"
AT-411, "Park/Neutral
2. PNP switch adjustment Position (PNP) Switch
Adjustment"
AT-346, "VEHICLE
SPEED SENSOR - A/T
3. Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (Revolution (REVOLUTION SEN-
sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR SOR)", AT-351, "DTC
VEHICLE SPEED SEN-
SOR MTR"
AT-360, "SHIFT SOLE-
4. Shift solenoid valve A
ON vehicle NOID VALVE A"
AT-370, "OVERRUN
A/T does not shift to “D4 ” when driv- 5. Overrun clutch solenoid valve CLUTCH SOLENOID
ing with overdrive control switch “ON”. VALVE"
AT-409, "Control Valve
6. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-380, "BATT/FLUID
TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID
7. A/T fluid temp sen circ and TCM pow
TEMP SENSOR CIR-
sour
CUIT AND TCM POWER
SOURCE)"
AT-266, "Line Pressure
8. Line pressure test
Test"
AT-486, "Band Servo Pis-
9. Brake band
ton Assembly"
OFF vehicle
AT-467, "Forward and
10. Overrun clutch
Overrun Clutches"
AT-262, "FLUID LEVEL
1. Fluid level
CHECK"
AT-375, "TORQUE CON-
2. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve VERTER CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE"
Engine is stopped at “R”, “D”, “2” and AT-360, "SHIFT SOLE-
ON vehicle 3. Shift solenoid valve A
“1” positions. NOID VALVE A"
AT-365, "SHIFT SOLE-
4. Shift solenoid valve B
NOID VALVE B"
AT-409, "Control Valve
5. Control valve assembly Assembly and Accumula-
tors"
AT-302
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values. A
Monitor item Condition Specification (Approximately)
Cold [20°C (68°F)] 1.5V 2.5kΩ
B
A/T fluid temperature sensor ↓ ↓ ↓
Hot [80°C (176°F)] 0.5V 0.3kΩ
Small throttle opening
(Low line pressure) Approximately 24% AT
Line pressure solenoid valve duty ↓ ↓
Large throttle opening Approximately 95%
(High line pressure)
D
Lock-up “OFF” Approximately 4%
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve duty ↓ ↓
Lock-up “ON” Approximately 94%
E
Throttle position sensor (Accelerator pedal Fully-closed throttle Approximately 0.5V
position (APP) sensor) Fully-open throttle Approximately 4V
SAT216J
J
TCM HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINAL LAYOUT
SAT999J
AT-303
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
Termi- Judgementstan-
Wire color Item Condition
nal No. dard(Approx.)
When A/T performs lock-up. 8 - 15V
Torque converter
3 GY/R clutch solenoid
valve When A/T does not perform lock-up. 0V
25 B Ground — — 0V
When setting selector lever to “1”
Battery voltage
PNP switch “1” position.
26 BR/Y
position When setting selector lever to other
0V
positions.
When setting selector lever to “2”
and Battery voltage
PNP switch “2” position.
27 L
position When setting selector lever to other
0V
positions.
When turning ignition switch to
Power source Battery voltage
28 R/B “OFF”.
(Memory back-up)
or When turning ignition switch to “ON”. Battery voltage
When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH),
use the CONSULT-II pulse frequency
measuring function.*1
CAUTION: 150 Hz
29 W Revolution sensor Connect the diagnosis data link
cable to the vehicle diagnosis
connector.
Under 1.3V or
When vehicle parks.
over 4.5V
AT-304
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS — GENERAL DESCRIPTION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
Termi- Judgementstan-
Wire color Item Condition
nal No. dard(Approx.) A
30 *3 G/B CONSULT- II (RX) — —
Voltage varies
Vehicle speed When moving vehicle at 2 to 3 km/h between less
40 L/B I
sensor (1 to 2 MPH) for 1 m (3 ft) or more. than 0V and
more than 4.5V
AT-305
CAN COMMUNICATION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
CAN COMMUNICATION PFP:23710
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
CAN Communication Unit ECS00F55
Go to CAN system, when selecting your car model from the following table.
Body type Sedan/5DH/B/3DH/B
Axle 2WD
Engine QG18
Transmission A/T
Brake control ESP ABS
CAN communication unit
ECM × × ×
TCM × × ×
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) × ×
Smart entrance control unit × × ×
Data link connector × × ×
Combination meter × × ×
Type 1 Type 2 Type 3
CAN communication type
(AT-307 ) (AT-308 ) (AT-309 )
×:Applicable
AT-306
CAN COMMUNICATION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
TYPE 1
System Diagram A
AT
D
YEL976E
AT-307
CAN COMMUNICATION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
TYPE 2
System Diagram
YEL977E
AT-308
CAN COMMUNICATION
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
TYPE 3
System Diagram A
AT
D
SEL825Y
AT-309
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS PFP:00100
YAT364
AT-310
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
AT
YAT365
AT-311
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
1. O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On ECS007R0
SYMPTOM:
O/D OFF indicator lamp does not come on for about 2 seconds when turning ignition switch to “ON”.
1. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
2. Disconnect A/T device harness connector.
3. Check continuity between A/T device terminals 7 and ground.
Continuity should exist.
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
MCIB0007E
MCIB0008E
SYMPTOM:
● Engine cannot be started with selector lever in “P” or “N” position.
● Engine can be started with selector lever in “D”, “2”, “1” or “R” position.
AT-312
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT A
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” show damage to PNP switch circuit?
B
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to PNP switch circuit?
Yes or No
AT
Yes >> Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to AT-336, "21. TCM
Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP & Overdrive
Control Switches, and Throttle Position Sensor Circuit
Checks)" . D
No >> GO TO 2
E
SCIA0706E
Check for short or open of PNP switch harness connector terminals 1 and 2.
Refer to AT-336, "21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP &
G
Overdrive Control Switches, and Throttle Position Sensor Circuit
Checks)" .
OK or NG
H
OK >> GO TO 3
NG >> Repair or replace PNP switch.
SAT408JA
J
3. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Check starting system. Refer to SC-13, "STARTING SYSTEM". K
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. L
SYMPTOM: M
Vehicle moves when it is pushed forward or backward with selector lever in “P” position.
1. CHECK PARKING COMPONENTS
Check parking components. Refer to AT-416, "Output Shaft, Idler
Gear, Reduction Pinion Gear and Bearing Retainer" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SAT282F
AT-313
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
4. In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves ECS007R3
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle moves forward or backward when selecting “N” position.
1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” show damage to PNP switch circuit?
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to PNP switch circuit?
Yes or No
Yes >> Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to AT-336, "21. TCM
Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP & Overdrive
Control Switches, and Throttle Position Sensor Circuit
Checks)" .
No >> GO TO 2
SCIA0706E
SAT023JB
SAT638A
AT-314
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION A
1. Remove oil pan, refer to AT-409, "REMOVAL" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG B
OK >> GO TO 5
NG >> 1. Disassemble A/T.
2. Check the following items: AT
– Forward clutch assembly
SAT171B
E
5. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
F
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. G
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
5. Large Shock. “N” → “R” Position ECS007R4
H
SYMPTOM:
There is large shock when changing from “N” to “R” position.
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS I
Does self-diagnosis show damage to A/T fluid temperature sensor,
line pressure solenoid valve or throttle position sensor circuit?
Yes or No J
Yes >> ● Check damaged circuit. Refer to the following items.
– AT-391, "LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE"
K
– THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR: AT-355, "ACCELE
RATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR"
– AT-380, "BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP
L
SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POWER SOURCE)"
No >> GO TO 2 SCIA0769E
MCIB9006E
AT-315
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
3. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in “D” position. Refer
to AT-266, "Line Pressure Test" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4
NG >> 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-409,
"Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
2. Check the following items:
– Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator
valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot valve and pilot fil-
ter) SAT494G
– Line pressure solenoid valve
4. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position ECS007R5
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not creep backward when selecting “R” position.
1. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL
Check A/T fluid level again.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2
NG >> Refill ATF.
SAT638A
AT-316
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
2. CHECK STALL TEST A
Check stall revolution with selector lever in “1” and “R” positions.
Refer to AT-263, "Stall Test" .
OK or NG B
OK >> GO TO 3
OK in “1” position, NG in “R” position>>1.Remove control valve
assembly. Refer to AT-409, "Control Valve Assembly AT
and Accumulators" .
2. Check the following items:
– Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator D
valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot valve and pilot fil-
ter) SAT493G
– Line pressure solenoid valve (AT-391, "LINE PRES- E
SURE SOLENOID VALVE" )
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items: F
– Oil pump assembly
– Torque converter
Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in “R” position. Refer
to AT-266, "Line Pressure Test" . J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4
NG >> 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-409, K
"Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
2. Check the following items:
– Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator L
valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot valve and pilot fil-
ter) SAT494G
– Line pressure solenoid valve (AT-391, "LINE PRES-
M
SURE SOLENOID VALVE" )
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following item:
– Oil pump assembly
AT-317
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan, refer to AT-409, "REMOVAL" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5
NG >> GO TO 6
SAT171B
5. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-318
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position ECS007R6
A
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not creep forward when selecting “D”, “2” or “1” position.
1. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL B
Check A/T fluid level again.
OK or NG
AT
OK >> GO TO 2
NG >> Refill ATF.
E
SAT638A
Check stall revolution with selector lever in “D” position. Refer to AT-
263, "Stall Test" .
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3
NG >> GO TO 6 H
SAT493G
J
3. CHECK LINE PRESSURE
Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in “D” position. Refer
to AT-266, "Line Pressure Test" . K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4
NG >> 1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-409, L
"Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
2. Check the following items:
– Valves to control line pressure (Pressure regulator M
valve, pressure modifier valve, pilot valve and pilot fil-
ter) SAT494G
– Line pressure solenoid valve (AT-391, "LINE PRES-
SURE SOLENOID VALVE" )
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following item:
– Oil pump assembly
AT-319
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan, refer to AT-409, "REMOVAL" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5
NG >> GO TO 6
SAT171B
5. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle cannot be started from D1 on Cruise test — Part 1.
1. CHECK SYMPTOM
Is 6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position OK?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2
No >> Go to 6. AT-316, "6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position" .
AT-320
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS A
Does self-diagnosis show damage to vehicle speed sensor·A/T (rev-
olution sensor), shift solenoid valve A, B or vehicle speed sen-
sor·MTR after cruise test? B
Yes or No
Yes >> ● Check damaged circuit. Refer to the following items.
– AT-346, "VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR - A/T (REVO- AT
LUTION SENSOR)"
– AT-360, "SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A"
No >> GO TO 3
E
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR*
*: This sensor means accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor. F
Refer to AT-355, "ACCELE RATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SEN-
SOR" .
OK or NG
G
OK >> GO TO 4
NG >> Repair or replace accelerator pedal position (APP) sen-
sor.
H
I
MCIB9006E
M
SAT494G
SAT171B
AT-321
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-409, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
2. Check the following items:
– Shift valve A
– Shift valve B
– Shift solenoid valve A
– Shift solenoid valve B
– Pilot valve
– Pilot filter
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-322
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does Not Kick down: D4 → D2 ECS007R8
A
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from D1 to D2 at the specified speed.
A/T does not shift from D4 to D2 when depressing accelerator pedal fully at the specified speed.
B
1. CHECK SYMPTOM
Are 7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position and 8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1
OK? AT
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 2
No >> Go to AT-319, "7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position" , AT-320, "8. Vehi- D
cle Cannot Be Started From D1" .
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” show damage to PNP switch circuit?
F
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to PNP switch circuit?
Yes or No
G
Yes >> Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to AT-336, "21. TCM
Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP & Overdrive
Control Switches, and Throttle Position Sensor Circuit
Checks)" . H
No >> GO TO 3
SCIA0706E
3. CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR·A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) AND CHECK VEHICLE SPEED J
SENSOR·MTR CIRCUIT
Check vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR circuit. Refer to AT-346, K
"VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR - A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" and AT-351, "DTC VEHICLE SPEED SEN-
SOR MTR" .
OK or NG L
OK >> GO TO 4
NG >> Repair or replace vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor·MTR
circuits.
M
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR*
*: This sensor means accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor.
Refer to AT-355, "ACCELE RATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SEN-
SOR" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5
NG >> Repair or replace accelerator pedal position (APP) sen-
sor.
MCIB9006E
AT-323
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONIDITION
1. Remove oil pan, refer to AT-409, "REMOVAL" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6
NG >> GO TO 8
SAT171B
7. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-324
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 ECS007R9
A
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from D2 to D3 at the specified speed.
1. CHECK SYMPTOM B
Are 7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position and 8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1
OK?
Yes or No AT
Yes >> GO TO 2
No >> Go to AT-319, "7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position" , AT-320, "8. Vehi-
cle Cannot Be Started From D1" . D
I
SCIA0706E
MCIB9006E
SAT171B
AT-325
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-409, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
2. Check the following items:
– Shift valve B
– Shift solenoid valve B (AT-365, "SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B" )
– Pilot valve
– Pilot filter
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-326
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
11. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 ECS007RA
A
SYMPTOM:
● A/T does not shift from D3 to D4 at the specified speed.
● A/T must be warm before D3 to D4 shift will occur. B
1. CHECK SYMPTOM AT
Are 7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position and 8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1
OK?
Yes or No D
Yes >> GO TO 2
No >> Go to AT-319, "7. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D”, “2” Or “1” Position" , AT-320, "8. Vehicle
Cannot Be Started From D1" . E
2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Does self-diagnosis, after cruise test, show damage to any of the following circuits? F
● PNP switch
● Overdrive control switch
● A/T fluid temperature sensor G
● Vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor)
● Shift solenoid valve A or B H
● Vehicle speed sensor·MTR
Yes or No
Yes >> ● Check damaged circuit. Refer to the following items. I
– AT-346, "VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR - A/T (REVO-
LUTION SENSOR)"
– AT-360, "SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A" J
– AT-365, "SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B"
– AT-336, "21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP & Overdrive Control Switches, and
Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Checks)" L
No >> GO TO 3
MCIB9006E
AT-327
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION
1. Remove oil pan, refer to AT-409, "REMOVAL" .
2. Check A/T fluid condition.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5
NG >> GO TO 7
SAT171B
6. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-328
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
12. A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up ECS007RB
A
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not perform lock-up at the specified speed.
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS B
Does self-diagnosis show damage to torque converter clutch sole-
noid valve circuit after cruise test?
Yes or No AT
Yes >> Check torque converter clutch solenoid valve circuit.
Refer to AT-375, "TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
SOLENOID VALVE" . D
No >> GO TO 2
E
SCIA0772E
MCIB9006E
J
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Remove control valve. Refer to AT-409, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" . K
2. Check following items:
– Torque converter clutch control valve
– Torque converter relief valve L
– Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
– Pilot valve
M
– Pilot filter
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
13. A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition ECS007RC
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not hold lock-up condition for more than 30 seconds.
AT-329
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
1. CHECK DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Does self-diagnosis show damage to engine speed signal circuit
after cruise test?
Yes or No
Yes >> Check engine speed signal circuit. Refer to AT-386,
"ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" .
No >> GO TO 2
SCIA0773E
SAT171B
4. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-330
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-409, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
2. Check the following items:
– Torque converter clutch control valve B
– Pilot valve
– Pilot filter
AT
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check torque converter and oil pump assembly.
OK or NG D
OK >> GO TO 4
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
14. Lock-up Is Not Released ECS007RD
E
SYMPTOM:
Lock-up is not released when accelerator pedal is released.
F
1. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR* CIRCUIT
*: This sensor means accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor.
G
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” show damage throttle position sensor circuit?
H
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to throttle position sensor circuit?
Yes or No
I
Yes >> Check throttle position sensor circuit. Refer to AT-336,
"21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP &
Overdrive Control Switches, and Throttle Position Sen-
sor Circuit Checks)" . J
No >> GO TO 2
K
SCIA0706E
2. CHECK SYMPTOM L
Check again.
OK or NG M
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3 ) ECS007RE
SYMPTOM:
● Engine speed does not smoothly return to idle when A/T shifts from D4 to D3 .
● Vehicle does not decelerate by engine brake when turning overdrive control switch OFF.
● Vehicle does not decelerate by engine brake when shifting A/T from “D” to “2” position.
AT-331
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Does self-diagnosis show damage to overrun clutch solenoid valve
circuit after cruise test?
Yes or NO
Yes >> Check overrun clutch solenoid valve circuit. Refer to AT-
370, "OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" .
No >> GO TO 2
SCIA0774E
MCIB9006E
SAT171B
AT-332
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
5. CHECK SYMPTOM A
Check again.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END B
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT
6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
1. Remove control valve assembly. Refer to AT-409, "Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators" .
D
2. Check the following items:
– Overrun clutch control valve
– Overrun clutch reducing valve E
– Overrun clutch solenoid valve (AT-370, "OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" )
3. Disassemble A/T.
4. Check the following items: F
– Overrun clutch assembly
– Oil pump assembly
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
H
16. Vehicle Does Not Start From D1 ECS007RF
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not start from D1 on Cruise test — Part 2. I
1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Does self-diagnosis show damage to vehicle speed sensor·A/T (rev- J
olution sensor), shift solenoid valve A, B or vehicle speed sen-
sor·MTR after cruise test?
Yes or No K
Yes >> ● Check damaged circuit. Refer to the following items.
– AT-346, "VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR - A/T (REVO-
LUTION SENSOR)" L
– AT-360, "SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A"
2. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG
OK >> Go to AT-320, "8. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1" .
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
17. A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D3 , When Overdrive Control Switch “ON” →
“OFF” ECS007RG
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from D4 to D3 when changing overdrive control switch to “OFF” position.
AT-333
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
1. CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” show damage to overdrive control switch circuit?
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to overdrive control switch cir-
cuit?
Yes or No
Yes >> Check overdrive control switch circuit. Refer to AT-336,
"21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP &
Overdrive Control Switches, and Throttle Position Sen-
sor Circuit Checks)" .
No >> Go to AT-325, "10. A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3" .
SCIA0706E
18. A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → 22 , When Selector Lever “D” → “2” Position ECS007RH
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from D3 to 22 when changing selector lever from “D” to “2” position.
1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” show damage to PNP switch circuit?
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to PNP switch circuit?
Yes or No
Yes >> Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to AT-336, "21. TCM
Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP & Overdrive
Control Switches, and Throttle Position Sensor Circuit
Checks)" .
No >> Go to AT-323, "9. A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 Or Does
Not Kick down: D4 → D2" .
SCIA0706E
AT-334
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
19. A/T Does Not Shift: 22 → 11 , When Selector Lever “2” → “1” Position ECS007RI
A
SYMPTOM:
A/T does not shift from 22 to 11 when changing selector lever from “2” to “1” position.
1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT B
With CONSULT-II
Does “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” show damage to PNP switch circuit?
AT
Without CONSULT-II
Does self-diagnosis show damage to PNP switch circuit?
D
SCIA0706E
J
SAT778B
Yes or No
Yes >> Check PNP switch circuit. Refer to AT-336, "21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP & K
Overdrive Control Switches, and Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Checks)" .
No >> GO TO 2
L
2. CHECK SYMPTOM
Check again.
OK or NG M
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-335
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
20. Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake ECS007RJ
SYMPTOM:
Vehicle does not decelerate by engine brake when shifting from 22 (12 ) to 11 .
1. CHECK SYMPTOM
Is 6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position OK?
Yes or No
Yes >> Go to AT-331, "15. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle (Light Braking D4 → D3 )" .
No >> Go to AT-316, "6. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position" .
21. TCM Self-diagnosis Does Not Activate (PNP & Overdrive Control Switches,
and Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Checks) ECS007RK
SCIA0752E
SCIA0776E
MCIB9006E
SYMPTOM:
O/D OFF indicator lamp does not come on in TCM self-diagnostic procedure even if the lamp circuit is
good.
DESCRIPTION
● PNP switch
The PNP switch assembly includes a transmission position switch. The transmission position switch
detects the selector lever position and sends a signal to the TCM.
● Overdrive control switch
Detects the overdrive control switch position (ON or OFF) and sends a signal to the TCM.
AT-336
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
● Throttle position sensor *
*: This sensor means accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor. A
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, acceleration pedal position sensor, throt-
tle position sensor, etc. The actuator sends a signal to the TCM.
B
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT (WITH CONSULT-II) AT
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
(Do not start engine.) D
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out “P/N”, “R”, “D”, “2” and “1” position switches moving selector lever to each position.
Check that the signal of the selector lever position is indicated E
properly.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3 F
NG >> Check the following items:
● PNP switch (Refer to AT-341, "COMPONENT
INSPECTION" .) G
● Harness for short or open between ignition switch and
PNP switch
● Harness for short or open between PNP switch and
H
SAT701J
TCM
● Diode (P, N positions)
I
AT-337
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
2. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT (WITHOUT CONSULT-II)
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position. (Do not start engine.)
2. Check voltage between TCM terminals 26, 27, 34, 35, 36 and
ground while moving selector lever through each position.
Voltage:
B: Battery voltage
0: 0V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4
NG >> Check the following items:
● PNP switch (Refer to AT-341, "COMPONENT
INSPECTION" .) SCIA0777E
AT-338
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
4. CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT (WITHOUT CONSULT-II) A
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
(Do not start engine.) B
2. Check voltage between A/T device connector terminal 2 and ground when overdrive control switch is “ON”
and “OFF”.
AT
Voltage:
Switch position “ON”: D
Battery voltage
Switch position “OFF”:
E
1V or less
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6 F
NG >> Check the following items:
● Overdrive control switch (Refer to AT-341, "COMPONENT INSPECTION" .)
● Harness for short or open between TCM and overdrive control switch G
● Harness of ground circuit for overdrive control switch for short or open
AT-339
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
5. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR* CIRCUIT (WITH CONSULT-II)
*:This sensor means accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor.
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
(Do not start engine.)
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out “THRTL POS SEN” sensor depressing and releasing accelerator pedal.
Check the signal of throttle position sensor is indicated properly.
SAT014K
SAT614J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7
NG >> Check the following items:
● Throttle position sensor — Refer to AT-341, "COMPONENT INSPECTION" .
● Harness for short or open between ignition switch and throttle position sensor
● Harness for short or open between throttle position sensor and TCM
AT-340
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
OK or NG A
OK >> GO TO 7
NG >> Check the following items:
● Throttle position sensor — Refer to AT-341, "COMPONENT INSPECTION" .
B
● Harness for short or open between ignition switch and throttle position sensor
● Harness for short or open between throttle position sensor and TCM
AT
7. CHECK DTC
Perform “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”. Refer to AT-337, "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG D
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> ● Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
E
● If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
COMPONENT INSPECTION
Overdrive Control Switch F
● Check continuity between two terminals 7 and 8.
Switch position Continuity
G
ON No
OFF Yes
H
I
SAT005K
PNP Switch
J
1. Check continuity between terminals 1 and 3 and between termi-
nals 2 and 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 while moving manual shaft through
each position.
K
Lever position Terminal No.
P 3—7 1—2
R 3—8 L
N 3—9 1—2
D 3—6
M
2 3—5
1 3—4
SAT402JA
AT-341
TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS
[EXC.F/EURO-OBD]
2. If NG, check again with manual control cable disconnected from
manual shaft of A/T assembly. Refer to step 1.
3. If OK on step 2, adjust manual control cable. Refer to AT-411,
"Control Cable Adjustment" .
4. If NG on step 2, remove PNP switch from A/T and check conti-
nuity of PNP switch terminals. Refer to step 1.
5. If OK on step 4, adjust PNP switch. Refer to AT-411, "Park/Neu-
tral Position (PNP) Switch Adjustment" .
6. If NG on step 4, replace PNP switch.
SAT089JA
AT-342
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[ALL]
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[ALL] PFP:00100
A
Wiring Diagram — AT — MAIN ECS007RL
AT
YAT354
AT-343
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[ALL]
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Judgement stan-
Termi-
Wire color Item Condition dard
nal No.
(Approx.)
When turning ignition switch to “ON”. Battery voltage
10 BR/R Power source When turning ignition switch to
0V
“OFF”.
or
19 BR/R Power source Same as No. 10
25 B Ground — — 0V
When turning ignition switch to
Power source Battery voltage
28 R/B “OFF”.
(Memory back-up)
or When turning ignition switch to “ON”. Battery voltage
48 B Ground — — 0V
SCIA0713E
SCIA0714E
AT-344
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
[ALL]
3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A
Check the following items:
● Harness for short or open between ignition switch and TCM terminals 10, 19 and 28
● Fuse B
● Ignition switch
Refer to EL-12,"POWER SUPPLY ROUTING".
OK or NG AT
OK >> GO TO 4
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
D
4. CHECK TCM GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch to OFF position. E
2. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
3. Check continuity between TCM terminals 25, 48 and ground. Refer to AT-343, "Wiring Diagram — AT —
MAIN" . F
Continuity should exist.
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG G
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
AT-345
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR - A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
[ALL]
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR - A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) PFP:32702
Description ECS007RN
The revolution sensor detects the revolution of the idler gear parking
pawl lock gear and emits a pulse signal. The pulse signal is sent to
the TCM which converts it into vehicle speed.
SCIA0715E
AT-346
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR - A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
[ALL]
SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. B
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in “D” position, vehicle speed higher than 30 km/h AT
(19 MPH), throttle opening greater than 1/8 of the full throttle
position and driving for more than 5 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-349, "Diagnostic Procedure" . D
SAT014K E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
F
2. Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in “D” position, vehicle speed higher than 30 km/h
(19 MPH), throttle opening greater than 1/8 of the full throttle
position and driving for more than 5 seconds. G
3. Perform self-diagnosis.
Refer to AT-251, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" .
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-349, "Diagnostic Procedure" . H
MCIB9025E
I
AT-347
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR - A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
[ALL]
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSAT ECS007RO
YAT357
AT-348
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR - A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
[ALL]
Diagnostic Procedure ECS007RP
SAT014K F
SAT614J
J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3
NG >> GO TO 2 K
MTBL0575
1. Start engine.
Harness for short or open between TCM, ECM and revolution sensor
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3
NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
AT-349
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR - A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)
[ALL]
3. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-347, "SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 4
AT-350
DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR
[ALL]
DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR PFP:24814
A
Description ECS007RQ
The vehicle speed sensor·MTR is built into the speedometer assembly. The sensor functions as an auxiliary
device to the revolution sensor when it is malfunctioning. The TCM will then use a signal sent from the vehicle B
speed sensor·MTR.
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values. AT
Judgement stan-
Termi-
Wire color Item Condition dard
nal No.
(Approx.)
D
Voltage varies
Vehicle speed When moving vehicle at 2 to 3 km/h between less
40 L/B
sensor (1 to 2 MPH) for 1 m (3 ft) or more. than 0V and
more than 4.5V
E
● Harness or connectors
: VHCL SPEED SEN·MTR TCM does not receive the proper voltage (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
signal from the sensor. G
: 2nd judgement flicker ● Vehicle speed sensor
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. I
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in “D” position and vehicle speed higher than 20 J
km/h (12 MPH).
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-354, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
K
SAT014K L
SAT971J
AT-351
DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR
[ALL]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in “D” position and vehicle speed higher than 20
km/h (12 MPH).
3. Perform self-diagnosis.
Refer to AT-251, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" .
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-354, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
MCIB9026E
AT-352
DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR
[ALL]
Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSMTR SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 ECS007RR
AT
YAT363
AT-353
DTC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR
[ALL]
Diagnostic Procedure ECS007RS
SAT614J
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between TCM terminal 40 and ground while driv-
ing at 2 to 3 km/h (1 to 2 MPH) for 1 m (3 ft) or more.
Voltage: Voltage varies between less than 1V and
more than 4.5V.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2
NG >> Check the following items:
● Vehicle speed sensor and ground circuit for vehicle
SCIA0717E
speed sensor
Refer to EL-123, "METER AND GAUGES".
● Harness for short or open between TCM and vehicle speed sensor
2. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-351, "SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-354
ACCELE RATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR
[ALL]
ACCELE RATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR PFP:22620
A
Description ECS007RT
MCIB9006E
E
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item Condition Specification
Fully-closed throttle Approximately 0.5V F
Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor
(Throttle position sensor) Fully-open throttle Approximately 4V
AT-355
ACCELE RATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR
[ALL]
SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in “D” position, vehicle speed higher than 10 km/h
(6 MPH), throttle opening greater than 1/2 of the full throttle
position and driving for more than 3 seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-358, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SAT014K
SAT971J
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in “D” position, vehicle speed higher than 10 km/h
(6 MPH), throttle opening greater than 1/2 of the full throttle
position and driving for more than 3 seconds.
3. Perform self-diagnosis.
Refer to AT-251, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" .
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-358, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
MCIB9027E
AT-356
ACCELE RATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR
[ALL]
Wiring Diagram — AT — TPS SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 ECS007RU
AT
YAT361
AT-357
ACCELE RATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR
[ALL]
Diagnostic Procedure ECS007RV
SAT014K
SAT614J
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4
NG >> Check harness for short or open between ECM and TCM regarding throttle position sensor circuit.
AT-358
ACCELE RATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR
[ALL]
3. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (WITHOUT CONSULT-II) A
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
(Do not start engine.) B
2. Check voltage between TCM terminals 41 and 48 while acceler-
ator pedal is depressed slowly.
AT
Voltage:
Fully-closed throttle valve :Approximately 0.5V
Fully-open throttle valve :Approximately 4V D
(Voltage rises gradually in response to throttle position.)
OK or NG
E
OK >> GO TO 4 MCIB0108E
AT-359
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
[ALL]
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A PFP:31940
Description ECS007RW
Shift solenoid valves A and B are turned “ON” or “OFF” by the TCM
in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed and
throttle position sensors. Gears will then be shifted to the optimum
position.
SCIA0718E
Gear position 1 2 3 4
Shift solenoid valve A ON (Closed) OFF (Open) OFF (Open) ON (Closed)
Shift solenoid valve B ON (Closed) ON (Closed) OFF (Open) OFF (Open)
AT-360
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
[ALL]
SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. B
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in D1 → D2 position.
4. IF DTC is detected, go to AT-363, "Diagnostic Procedure" . AT
SAT014K E
H
SAT014K
I
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle in D1 → D2 position. J
3. Perform self-diagnosis.
Refer to AT-251, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" .
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-363, "Diagnostic Procedure" . K
MCIB9028E
AT-361
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
[ALL]
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/A ECS007RX
YAT241
AT-362
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
[ALL]
Diagnostic Procedure ECS007RY
F
2. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
G
2. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
3. Check continuity between terminal 2 and TCM harness connector terminal 11.
Continuity should exist. H
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
4. Reinstall any part removed.
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors. J
SAT901JC
3. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-361, "SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Component Inspection ECS007RZ
AT-363
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE A
[ALL]
Resistance Check
● Check resistance between two terminals.
Resistance
Solenoid valve Terminal No.
(Approx.)
Shift solenoid
2 Ground 20 - 30Ω
valve A
SAT056KA
Operation Check
● Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
SAT903JB
AT-364
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
[ALL]
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B PFP:31940
A
Description ECS007S0
Shift solenoid valves A and B are turned “ON” or “OFF” by the TCM
in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed and B
throttle position sensors. Gears will then be shifted to the optimum
position.
AT
SCIA0718E
E
Gear position 1 2 3 4
Shift solenoid valve A ON (Closed) OFF (Open) OFF (Open) ON (Closed)
F
Shift solenoid valve B ON (Closed) ON (Closed) OFF (Open) OFF (Open)
AT-365
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
[ALL]
SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in D1 → D2 → D3 position.
4. IF DTC is detected, go to AT-368, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SAT014K
SAT020K
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle in D1 → D2 → D3 position.
3. Perform self-diagnosis.
Refer to AT-251, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" .
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-368, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
MCIB9029E
AT-366
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
[ALL]
Wiring Diagram — AT — SSV/B ECS007S1
AT
YAT242
AT-367
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
[ALL]
Diagnostic Procedure ECS007S2
SAT905JD
3. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-366, "SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Component Inspection ECS007S3
AT-368
SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE B
[ALL]
Resistance Check
● Check resistance between two terminals. A
Resistance
Solenoid valve Terminal No.
(Approx.)
B
Shift solenoid
1 Ground 5 - 20Ω
valve B
AT
SAT057KA
Operation Check H
● Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
I
SAT907JB
AT-369
OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[ALL]
OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940
Description ECS007S4
SCIA0718E
AT-370
OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[ALL]
SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. B
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in “D” position, overdrive control switch in “OFF” AT
position and vehicle speed higher than 10 km/h (6 MPH).
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-373, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
D
SAT014K E
H
SAT020K
I
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle under the following conditions: J
Selector lever in “D” position, overdrive control switch in “OFF”
position and vehicle speed higher than 10 km/h (6 MPH).
3. Perform self-diagnosis. K
Refer to AT-251, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II"
for EXC. F/EURO-OBD, AT-51, "TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)" for EURO-OBD. L
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-373, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
MCIB9030E
AT-371
OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[ALL]
Wiring Diagram — AT — OVRCSV ECS007S5
YAT244
AT-372
OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[ALL]
Diagnostic Procedure ECS007S6
F
2. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
G
2. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
3. Check continuity between terminal 3 and TCM harness connector terminal 20.
Continuity should exist. H
If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
4. Reinstall any part removed.
I
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors. J
SAT909JA
3. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-371, "SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-373
OVERRUN CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[ALL]
Component Inspection ECS007S7
SAT910JA
Operation Check
● Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
SAT911JA
AT-374
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[ALL]
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940
A
Description ECS007S8
The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is activated, with the gear
in “D4 ”, by the TCM in response to signals sent from the vehicle B
speed and throttle position sensors. Lock-up piston operation will
then be controlled.
Lock-up operation, however, is prohibited when A/T fluid tempera-
ture is too low. AT
When the accelerator pedal is depressed (less than 2/8) in lock-up
condition, the engine speed should not change abruptly. If there is a
big jump in engine speed, there is no lock-up. D
SCIA0718E
E
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item Condition Specification
Lock-up “OFF” Approximately 4% F
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
↓ ↓
duty
Lock-up “ON” Approximately 94%
J
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when... Check items (Possible cause)
● Harness or connectors K
: T/C CLUTCH SOL/V TCM detects an improper voltage drop (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
when it tries to operate the solenoid valve.
: 7th judgement flicker ● T/C clutch solenoid valve
L
AT-375
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[ALL]
SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. Drive vehicle in D1 → D2 → D3 → D4 → D4 lock-up position.
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-378, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SAT014K
SAT020K
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle in D1 → D2 → D3 → D4 → D4 lock-up position.
3. Perform self-diagnosis.
Refer to AT-251, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" .
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-378, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
MCIB9031E
AT-376
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[ALL]
Wiring Diagram — AT — TCV ECS007S9
AT
YAT239
AT-377
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[ALL]
Diagnostic Procedure ECS007SA
SAT890JB
3. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-376, "SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Component Inspection ECS007SB
AT-378
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE
[ALL]
Resistance Check
● Check resistance between two terminals. A
Resistance
Solenoid valve Terminal No.
(Approx.)
B
Torque converter
clutch solenoid 5 Ground 5 - 20Ω
valve
AT
SAT053KA
Operation Check H
● Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
I
SAT054KA
AT-379
BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POW-
ER SOURCE)
[ALL]
BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POWER
SOURCE) PFP:31940
Description ECS007SC
The A/T fluid temperature sensor detects the A/T fluid temperature
and sends a signal to the TCM.
SCIA0735E
SAT021J
AT-380
BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POW-
ER SOURCE)
[ALL]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS LOGIC
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when... Check items (Possible cause)
A
● Harness or connectors
: BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN TCM receives an excessively low or high (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
voltage from the sensor. B
: 8th judgement flicker ● A/T fluid temperature sensor
SAT014K
G
J
SAT971J
K
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle under the following conditions: L
Selector lever in “D” position, vehicle speed higher than 10 km/h
(6 MPH), throttle opening greater than 1/8 of the full open posi-
tion, engine speed higher than 450 rpm and driving for more M
than 10 minutes.
3. Perform self-diagnosis.
Refer to AT-51, "TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO
TOOLS)" (EURO OBD) or AT-251, "Diagnostic Procedure With-
out CONSULT-II" (Except EURO OBD).
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-383, "Diagnostic Procedure" . MCIB9032E
AT-381
BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POW-
ER SOURCE)
[ALL]
Wiring Diagram — AT — BA/FTS ECS007SD
YAT362
AT-382
BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POW-
ER SOURCE)
[ALL]
Diagnostic Procedure ECS007SE
AT-383
BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POW-
ER SOURCE)
[ALL]
3. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL OF A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR (WITH CONSULT-II)
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Read out the value of “FLUID TEMP SE”.
Voltage
Cold [20°C (68°F)] → Hot [80°C (176°F)]:
Approximately 1.5V→0.5V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5
NG >> Check the following item:
● Harness for short or open between TCM, ECM and
terminal cord assembly
● Ground circuit for ECM SAT614J
SCIA0738E
AT-384
BATT/FLUID TEMP SEN (A/T FLUID TEMP SENSOR CIRCUIT AND TCM POW-
ER SOURCE)
[ALL]
5. CHECK DTC A
Perform AT-381, "SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END B
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT
Component Inspection ECS007SF
G
SAT298F
AT-385
ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
[ALL]
ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL PFP:24825
Description ECS007SG
The engine speed signal is sent from the ECM to the TCM.
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Judgement stan-
Termi-
Wire color Item Condition dard
nal No.
(Approx.)
: ENGINE SPEED SIG TCM does not receive the proper voltage ● Harness or connectors
signal from ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
: 9th judgement flicker
SAT014K
SAT020K
AT-386
ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
[ALL]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. A
2. Drive vehicle under the following conditions:
Selector lever in “D” position, vehicle speed higher than 10 km/h
(6 MPH), throttle opening greater than 1/8 of the full throttle B
position and driving for more than 10 seconds.
3. Perform self-diagnosis.
Refer to AT-251, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" . AT
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-389, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
D
SCIA0703E
AT-387
ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
[ALL]
Wiring Diagram — AT — ENGSS SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 ECS007SH
YAT358
AT-388
ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
[ALL]
Diagnostic Procedure ECS007SI
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine. E
2. Select “TCM INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for
“A/T” with CONSULT-II.
F
H
SAT014K
L
SAT645J
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between TCM terminal 39 and ground.
Voltage (Idle speed):
Refer to EC-385, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4
NG >> Check the following items:
● Harness for short or open between TCM and ECM
AT-389
ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
[ALL]
4. CHECK DTC
Perform AT-386, "SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" .
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection.
2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
AT-390
LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[ALL]
LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE PFP:31940
A
Description ECS007SJ
The line pressure solenoid valve regulates the oil pump discharge
pressure to suit the driving condition in response to a signal sent B
from the TCM.
NOTE:
The line pressure duty cycle value is not consistent when the AT
closed throttle position switch is “ON”. To confirm the line
pressure duty cycle at low pressure, the accelerator (throttle)
should be open until the closed throttle position switch is
“OFF”. D
SCIA0735E
E
CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Monitor item Condition Specification
Small throttle opening F
(Low line pressure) Approximately 24%
Line pressure solenoid valve duty ↓ ↓
Large throttle opening Approximately 95%
G
(High line pressure)
NOTE:
The line pressure duty cycle value is not consistent when the closed throttle position switch is “ON”. To confirm the line pressure duty
cycle at low pressure, the accelerator (throttle) should be open until the closed throttle position switch is “OFF”.
H
AT-391
LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[ALL]
SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for A/T with CONSULT-II.
3. With brake pedal depressed, shift the lever from “P” → “N” →
“D” → “N” → “P” positions.
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-394, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SAT014K
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. With brake pedal depressed, shift the lever from “P” → “N” →
“D” → “N” → “P” positions.
3. Perform self-diagnosis.
Refer to AT-251, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" .
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-394, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SCIA0704E
AT-392
LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[ALL]
Wiring Diagram — AT — LPSV SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 ECS007SK
AT
YAT360
AT-393
LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[ALL]
Diagnostic Procedure ECS007SL
SAT896JB
AT-394
LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[ALL]
3. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT A
1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position.
2. Check resistance between terminal 4 and TCM harness connector terminal 1.
B
Resistance: Approx. 0Ω
If NG, check harness for short to ground and short to power.
3. Reinstall any part removed. AT
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power D
in harness or connectors.
SAT897JB
4. CHECK DTC I
AT-395
LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[ALL]
Component Inspection ECS007SM
SAT898JA
Operation Check
● Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while
applying battery voltage to the terminal and ground.
SAT899JA
AT-396
LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
[ALL]
DROPPING RESISTOR
● Check resistance between two terminals. A
Resistance: 10 - 15Ω
B
AT
SAT003K
D
AT-397
CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[ALL]
CAN COMMUNICATION LINE PFP:31940
Description ECS007SN
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUE
Remarks: Specification data are reference values.
Judgement
Termi-
Wire color Item Condition standard
nal No.
(Approx.)
5 L CAN (H) — — —
6 R CAN (L) — — —
*: This terminal is connected to the ECM.
Diagnostic trouble code Malfunction is detected when... Check items (Possible cause)
● Harness or connectors
: A/T COMM LINE** The ECM-AT communication line is open (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.)
or shorted.
: 11th judgement flicker ● Line pressure solenoid valve
**: A/T COMM LINE means CAN communication line.
After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II.
3. Wait at least 6 seconds or start engine and wait for at least 6
seconds.
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-400, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SAT014K
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Wait at least 6 seconds or start engine and wait at least 6 sec-
onds.
3. Perform self-diagnosis.
Refer to AT-251, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" .
4. If DTC is detected, go to AT-400, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SCIA0705E
AT-398
CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[ALL]
Wiring Diagram — AT — CAN SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 ECS007SQ
AT
YAT366
AT-399
CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
[ALL]
Diagnostic Procedure ECS007SR
AT-400
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
[ALL]
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM PFP:34950
A
Description ECS007SS
SCIA0781E
AT-401
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
[ALL]
Wiring Diagram — SHIFT — SMA for VIN >SJNxxAN16U0522332 ECS007SU
YAT367
AT-402
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
[ALL]
Diagnostic Procedure ECS007SV
A
SYMPTOM 1:
● Selector lever cannot be moved from “P” position with key in ON position and brake pedal
applied.
B
● Selector lever can be moved from “P” position with key in ON position and brake pedal released.
● Selector lever can be moved from “P” position when key is removed from key cylinder.
SYMPTOM 2: AT
Ignition key cannot be removed when selector lever is set to “P” position. It can be removed when
selector lever is set to any position except “P”.
D
1. CHECK KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
Check key interlock cable for damage. E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2
NG >> Repair key interlock cable. Refer to AT-407, "KEY INTERLOCK CABLE" . F
2. CHECK SELECTOR LEVER POSITION
Check selector lever position for damage. G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3
NG >> Check selector lever. Refer to AT-411, "Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Adjustment" . H
AT-403
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
[ALL]
4. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL (A/T DEVICE)
Turn ignition switch to “ON” position.
(Do not start engine.)
● Check voltage between A/T device harness terminal 2 and ground.
Voltage:
Brake pedal depressed:
Battery voltage
Brake pedal released:
0V
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5
NG >> Check the following items:
MCIB0004E
1. Harness for short and open between battery and stop
lamp switch harness connector 1.
2. Harness for short or open between stop lamp switch harness connector 2 and A/T device har-
ness connector 2.
3. Fuse
4. Stop lamp switch (Refer to AT-406, "A/T DEVICE CHECK" .)
SAT009K
AT-404
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
[ALL]
6. CHECK RELAY CIRCUIT A
1. Turn ignition switch to ON.
Check voltage between terminal 2 - 3 and 4 - 3.
B
AT
MCIB0005E E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7
NG >> Replace A/T device. F
AT-405
A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
[ALL]
A/T DEVICE CHECK
1. Shift Lock Solenoid
● Check operation sound.
When ignition switch is turned to “ON” position and selector lever is set in “P” position.
Brake pedal Operation sound
Depressed Yes
Released No
SAT011K
SAT861JA
AT-406
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
[ALL]
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE PFP:34908
A
Components ECS007SW
AT
SAT996J
CAUTION: K
● Install key interlock cable in such a way that it will not be damaged by sharp bends, twists or inter-
ference with adjacent parts.
● After installing key interlock cable to control device, make sure that casing cap and bracket are L
firmly secured in their positions.
Removal ECS007SX
M
1. Unlock slider by squeezing lock tabs on slider from adjuster
holder and remove interlock rod from cable.
SAT853J
AT-407
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
[ALL]
2. Remove lock plate from steering lock assembly and remove key
interlock cable.
SAT854J
Installation ECS007SY
SAT854J
SAT804E
SAT805E
AT-408
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
[ALL]
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE PFP:00000
A
Control Valve Assembly and Accumulators ECS007SZ
REMOVAL
1. Drain ATF from transaxle.
B
2. Remove oil pan and gasket.
AT
SAT992C
E
MCIB9008E
I
4. Remove snap ring from A/T solenoid valve harness terminal
body.
5. Remove A/T solenoid valve harness by pushing terminal body J
into transmission case.
L
AAT265A
AT-409
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
[ALL]
6. Remove control valve assembly by removing fixing bolts.
AAT260A
Number of bolts 5 6 2
● Be careful not to drop manual valve and servo release accumulator return springs.
7. Disassemble and inspect control valve assembly if necessary. Refer to AT-409, "Control Valve Assembly
and Accumulators" .
8. Remove servo release and N-D accumulators by applying com-
pressed air if necessary.
● Hold each piston with a rag.
SAT935J
INSTALLATION
● Tighten fixing bolts to specification.
: 7 - 9 N-m (0.7 - 0.9 kg-m, 61 - 78 in-lb)
SAT497H
AT-410
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
[ALL]
Control Cable Adjustment ECS007T0
A
Move selector lever from the “P” position to the “1” position. You
should be able to feel the detentes in each position. If the detentes
cannot be felt or if the pointer indicating the position is improperly
aligned, the control cable needs adjustment. B
1. Place selector lever in “P” position.
2. Loosen control cable lock nut and place manual shaft in “P”
position. AT
3. Pull control cable, by specified force, in the direction of the arrow
shown in the illustration.
D
Specified force: 6.9 N (0.7 kg, 1.5 lb)
4. Return control cable in the opposite direction of the arrow for 1.0
mm (0.039 in). E
5. Tighten control cable lock nut.
6. Move selector lever from “P” to “1” position again. Make sure
that selector lever moves smoothly. F
7. Apply grease to contacting areas of selector lever and control
cable. Install any part removed.
G
AAT980
H
Park/Neutral Position (PNP) Switch Adjustment ECS007T1
SAT479J
L
4. Use a 4 mm (0.157 in) pin for this adjustment.
a. Insert the pin straight into the manual shaft adjustment hole.
b. Rotate PNP switch until the pin can also be inserted straight into M
hole in PNP switch.
5. Tighten PNP switch fixing bolts.
6. Remove pin from adjustment hole after adjusting PNP switch.
7. Reinstall any part removed.
8. Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-411, "Control Cable Adjust-
ment" .
9. Check continuity of PNP switch. Refer to AT-113, "DTC P0705 SAT480J
AT-411
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
[ALL]
Differential Side Oil Seal Replacement ECS007T2
SAT905D
AAT976
● Install oil seals so that dimensions “A” and “B” are within
specifications.
Unit: mm (in)
A B
5.5 to 6.5 (0.217 to 0.256) −0.5 to 0.5 (−0.020 to 0.020)
MCIB9018E
SAT303G
AT-412
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
[ALL]
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION PFP:00000
A
Removal ECS007T4
CAUTION:
Before separating transaxle from engine, remove the crankshaft B
position sensor (OBD) from transaxle. Be careful not to damage
sensor.
1. Remove battery and bracket. AT
2. Remove air duct between throttle body and air cleaner.
3. Disconnect A/T solenoid harness connector, PNP switch har-
ness connector and revolution sensor harness connector. D
4. Remove crankshaft position sensor (OBD) from transaxle.
H
SAT501HA
I
5. Drain ATF from transaxle.
6. Disconnect control cable from transaxle.
7. Disconnect fluid cooler hoses. J
8. Remove drive shafts. Refer to AX-10, "FRONT DRIVE SHAFT".
9. Remove the intake manifold support bracket. Refer to EM-21,
"INTAKE MANIFOLD" . K
10. Remove starter motor from transaxle.
Tighten bolts to specified torque.
L
: 41 - 52 N-m (4.2 - 5.3 kg-m, 30 - 38 ft-lb) SAT304G
AAT469
14. Remove center member, engine insulator and engine mounting bracket.
● Tighten center member fixing bolts to specified torque, Refer to EM-72, "ENGINE ASSEMBLY" .
AT-413
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
[ALL]
15. Remove suspension member. Refer to SU-5, "FRONTSUS-
PENSION MEMBER".
16. Remove dust cover from converter housing.
Rotate crankshaft to gain access to securing bolts.
17. Remove securing bolts between drive plate and torque con-
verter. when crank shaft rotates, turn to right at the front side of
engine.
18. Support engine with a jack.
19. Remove bolts fixing transaxle to engine.
20. Lower transaxle while supporting it with a jack. AAT259A
Installation ECS007T5
SAT977H
SAT573D
AAT266A
AT-414
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
[ALL]
4. Tighten bolts fixing transaxle.
A
Tightening torque Bolt length “ L ”
Bolt No.
N-m (kg-m, ft-lb) mm (in)
1 70 - 79 (7.1 - 8.1, 51 - 59) 55 (2.17)
B
2 70 - 79 (7.1 - 8.1, 51 - 59) 50 (1.97)
3 70 - 79 (7.1 - 8.1, 51 - 59) 65 (2.56)
4 16 - 21 (1.6 - 2.1, 12 - 15) 35 (1.38) AT
5 16 - 21 (1.6 - 2.1, 12 - 15) 47 (1.85)
MCIB9009E
D
5. Reinstall any part removed.
6. Adjust control cable. Refer to AT-411, "Control Cable Adjust-
ment" . E
7. Check continuity of PNP switch. Refer to AT-113, "DTC P0705
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH" .
8. Refill transaxle with ATF and check fluid level. F
9. Move selector lever through all positions to be sure that
transaxle operates correctly. With parking brake applied, idle
engine. Move selector lever through “N” to “D”, to “2”, to “1” and G
“R” positions. A slight shock should be felt through the hand SAT638A
gripping the selector each time the transaxle is shifted.
10. Perform road test. Refer to AT-267, "Road Test" . H
AT-415
OVERHAUL
[ALL]
OVERHAUL PFP:00000
Output Shaft, Idler Gear, Reduction Pinion Gear and Bearing Retainer ECS007T6
COMPONENTS
SAT487JA
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove seal rings from output shaft and bearing retainer.
SAT644D
AT-416
OVERHAUL
[ALL]
AT
MCIB0109E
AT-417
OVERHAUL
[ALL]
MCIB0110E
AT-418
OVERHAUL
[ALL]
Oil Channel ECS007T7
AT
MCIB9011E
AT-419
OVERHAUL
[ALL]
Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings, Thrust Washers and Snap
Rings ECS007T8
SAT325GC
AT-420
DISASSEMBLY
[ALL]
DISASSEMBLY PFP:31020
A
Disassembly ECS007T9
AT
SAT007D
E
2. Remove torque converter.
H
SAT008D
SAT009D
AT-421
DISASSEMBLY
[ALL]
4. Remove A/T fluid charging pipe and fluid cooler tube.
MCIB9012E
SAT023JA
AAT260A
AT-422
DISASSEMBLY
[ALL]
b. Remove snap ring from terminal body.
c. Push terminal body into transmission case and draw out sole- A
noid valve harness.
AT
MCIB9013E
D
10. Remove manual valve from control valve assembly as a precau-
tion.
E
G
SAT017D
SAT877J
K
12. Remove servo release accumulator piston with compressed air.
13. Remove O-rings from servo release accumulator piston.
L
SAT019DA
14. Remove N-D accumulator piston and return spring with com-
pressed air.
15. Remove O-rings from N-D accumulator piston.
SAT020D
AT-423
DISASSEMBLY
[ALL]
16. Check accumulator pistons and contact surface of transmission
case for damage.
17. Check accumulator return springs for damage and free length.
Return spring:
Refer to AT-518, "SERVICE DATA AND
SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)" .
SAT023DA
SAT129E
SAT027D
SAT028D
SAT131E
AT-424
DISASSEMBLY
[ALL]
20. Remove final drive assembly from transmission case.
A
AT
SAT030D
D
21. Remove differential side bearing outer race and side bearing
adjusting shim from transmission case.
E
G
AAT477
SAT132E K
AAT478
SAT133E
AT-425
DISASSEMBLY
[ALL]
25. Remove side oil seal from trans mission case using a screw
driver.
SAT072D
SAT063K
SAT127E
SAT035D
c. Remove thrust washer and bearing race from oil pump assem-
bly.
SAT036D
AT-426
DISASSEMBLY
[ALL]
28. Remove brake band according to the following procedures.
A
a. Loosen lock nut, then back off anchor end pin.
● Do not reuse anchor end pin.
AT
SAT037DA
D
b. Remove brake band and strut from transmission case.
G
SAT038D
SAT039D
K
SAT040D
29. Remove input shaft assembly (high clutch) and reverse clutch
according to the following procedures.
a. Remove input shaft assembly (high clutch) with reverse clutch.
SAT041D
AT-427
DISASSEMBLY
[ALL]
b. Remove input shaft assembly (high clutch) from reverse clutch.
SAT042D
SAT043D
30. Remove high clutch hub and needle bearing from trans mission
case.
SAT044D
31. Check high clutch hub and needle bearing for damage or wear.
32. Remove high clutch hub and front sun gear from transmission
case.
SAT579D
33. Check front sun gear and needle bearings for damage or wear.
AT-428
DISASSEMBLY
[ALL]
34. Remove low one-way clutch and front planetary carrier assem-
bly according to the following procedures. A
a. Remove snap ring with flat-bladed screwdriver.
AT
SAT046D
D
b. Remove front planetary carrier with low one-way clutch.
G
SAT047D
SAT048D
K
e. Remove needle bearing front planetary carrier.
SAT022F
SAT050D
AT-429
DISASSEMBLY
[ALL]
35. Remove rear planetary carrier assembly and rear sun gear
according to the following procedures.
a. Remove rear planetary carrier assembly from transmission
case.
SAT051D
SAT052D
SAT053D
d. Check rear planetary carrier, rear sun gear and needle bearings
for damage or wear.
e. Check clearance between pinion washer and rear planetary car-
rier with feeler gauge.
Standard clearance: 0.15 - 0.70 mm (0.0059 - 0.0276 in)
Allowable limit: 0.80 mm (0.0315 in)
Replace rear planetary carrier if the clearance exceeds allow-
able limit.
SAT054D
SAT055D
AT-430
DISASSEMBLY
[ALL]
37. Remove needle bearing from rear internal gear.
A
● Check needle bearing for damage or wear.
AT
SAT056D
D
38. Remove forward clutch assembly from transmission case.
G
SAT272E
AAT215A K
SAT059D
SAT434D
AT-431
DISASSEMBLY
[ALL]
c. Remove adjusting shim.
SAT440D
SAT439D
● If output shaft assembly came off with side cover, tap cover
with a soft hammer to separate.
SAT435D
SAT453D
SAT060D
AT-432
DISASSEMBLY
[ALL]
c. Remove idler gear lock nut.
A
● Do not reuse idler gear lock nut.
AT
SAT061D
D
d. Remove idler gear with puller.
G
AAT480
SAT310G K
SAT064D
43. Draw out parking shaft and remove parking pawl from transmis-
sion case.
SAT065D
AT-433
DISASSEMBLY
[ALL]
44. Check parking pawl and shaft for damage or wear.
SAT066D
SAT311G
AT-434
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS PFP:00000
A
Manual Shaft ECS007TA
COMPONENTS
B
AT
G
SAT481J
REMOVAL
H
1. Remove detent spring from transmission case.
K
SAT313G
AAT486
AT-435
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
3. Drive and pull out parking rod plate retaining pin.
4. Remove parking rod plate from manual shaft.
5. Draw out parking rod from transmission case.
AAT534
SAT049F
SAT080D
INSPECTION
● Check component parts for wear or damage. Replace if necessary.
INSTALLATION
1. Install manual shaft oil seal.
● Apply ATF to outer surface of oil seal.
SAT081D
AT-436
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
2. Install manual shaft and manual plate.
A
AT
SAT610H
D
3. Align groove of manual shaft and hole of transmission case.
4. Install manual shaft retaining pin.
E
G
AAT487
SAT078D
K
7. Drive manual plate retaining pin and parking rod plate retaining
pin.
● Both ends of pin should protrude.
L
AAT485
SAT313G
AT-437
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
Oil Pump ECS007TB
COMPONENTS
SAT931J
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove seal rings.
SAT699H
SAT091D
SAT092D
AT-438
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
4. Remove O-ring from oil pump housing.
A
AT
SAT093D
D
5. Remove oil pump housing oil seal.
G
SAT094D
INSPECTION
H
Oil Pump Housing, Oil Pump Cover, Inner Gear and Outer Gear
● Check for wear or damage.
I
Side Clearances
● Measure side clearance of inner and outer gears in at least four J
places around each outside edge. Maximum measured values
should be within specified positions.
Standard clearance: 0.02 - 0.04 mm (0.0008 - 0.0016 in) K
● If clearance is less than standard, select inner and outer gear as
a set so that clearance is within specifications.
L
Inner and outer gear:
Refer to AT-518, "SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICA-
TIONS (SDS)" M
● If clearance is more than standard, replace whole oil pump
assembly except oil pump cover.
SAT095D
AT-439
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
● Measure clearance between outer gear and oil pump housing.
Standard clearance: 0.08 - 0.15 mm (0.0031 - 0.0059 in)
Allowable limit: 0.15 mm (0.0059 in)
● If not within allowable limit, replace whole oil pump assembly
except oil pump cover.
SAT096D
SAT097D
ASSEMBLY
1. Install oil seal on oil pump housing.
● Apply ATF to oil seal.
SAT922D
SAT093D
AT-440
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
3. Install inner and outer gears on oil pump housing.
● Take care with the direction of inner gear. A
AT
SAT092D
D
4. Install oil pump cover on oil pump housing.
a. Wrap masking tape around splines of oil pump cover assembly
to protect seal. Position oil pump cover assembly on oil pump E
housing assembly, then remove masking tape.
b. Tighten bolts in a crisscross pattern. Tighten oil pump cover
bolts to the specified torque. Refer to AT-438, "COMPONENTS"
F
.
G
SAT101D
5. Install new seal rings carefully after packing ring groove with H
petroleum jelly.
● Do not spread gap of seal ring excessively while install-
ing. The ring may be deformed.
I
SAT699H
K
AT-441
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
Control Valve Assembly ECS007TC
COMPONENTS
MCIB0111E
AT-442
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
DISASSEMBLY
● Disassemble upper, inter and lower bodies. A
I
SAT869J
SAT083F
M
2. Remove solenoid valve assembly and line pressure solenoid
valve from control valve assembly.
● Be careful not to lose the line pressure solenoid valve
spring.
SAT316GA
AT-443
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
3. Remove O-rings from solenoid valves and terminal body.
SAT317G
SAT064F
SAT432D
SAT109D
MCIB9019E
AT-444
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
9. Remove inter body from upper body.
A
10. Remove pilot filter, separating plate and gaskets from upper
body.
AT
SAT065F
D
11. Check to see that steel balls are properly positioned in inter
body and then remove them.
● Be careful not to lose steel balls. E
G
SAT870J
12. Check to see that steel balls are properly positioned in upper H
body and then remove them.
● Be careful not to lose steel balls.
SAT871J K
INSPECTION
Lower and Upper Bodies
L
● Check to see that retainer plates are properly positioned in lower
body.
SAT872J
AT-445
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
● Check to see that retainer plates are properly positioned in
upper body.
● Be careful not to lose these parts.
SAT321G
Oil Strainer
● Check wire netting of oil strainer for damage.
SAT115D
Shift Solenoid Valves “A” and “B”, Line Pressure Solenoid Valve, Torque Converter Clutch
Solenoid Valve and Overrun Clutch Solenoid Valve
● Measure resistance.
● Except for EURO-OBD:
● For shift solenoid valve A, refer to AT-360, "SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE A" .
● For shift solenoid valve B, refer to AT-365, "SHIFT SOLENOID
VALVE B" .
● For line pressure solenoid valve, refer to AT-391, "LINE PRES-
SURE SOLENOID VALVE" .
● For torque converter clutch solenoid valve, refer to AT-375,
"TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" . SAT283HB
AT-446
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
Fluid Cooler Relief Valve Spring
● Check springs for damage or deformation. A
● Measure free length and outer diameter.
Inspection standard: Refer to AT-518, "SERVICE DATA B
AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)" .
AT
SAT138D
D
ASSEMBLY
1. Install upper, inter and lower body. E
a. Place oil circuit of upper body face up. Install steel balls in their
proper positions.
F
SAT871J
H
b. Install upper separating gasket, upper inter separating gasket
and upper separating plate in order shown in illustration.
● Always use new gaskets.
I
K
SAT072F
SAT073F
AT-447
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
d. Install pilot filter.
SAT074F
SAT870J
SAT076F
g. Install check balls, fluid cooler relief valve springs and T/C pres-
sure holding spring in their proper positions in lower body.
MCIB9019E
BAT002
AT-448
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
i. Install bolts “E” from bottom of lower body. Using bolts “E” as
guides, install separating plate and gaskets as a set. A
j. Temporarily install support plates on lower body.
AT
SAT078F
D
k. Install lower body on inter body using reamer bolts “F” as
guides and tighten reamer bolts “F” slightly.
E
G
AAT536
SAT317G K
Number of bolts 6 3 6 11 2 2 1
F: Reamer bolt and nut
AT-449
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
SAT869J
SAT081F
SAT316GA
SAT323G
AT-450
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
e. Set oil strainer, then tighten bolts A , C , D and nuts F to speci-
fied torque. A
: 7 - 9 N-m (0.7 - 0.9 kg-m, 61 - 78 in-lb)
AT
SAT083F
D
f. Tighten bolts e to specified torque.
: 3.4 - 4.4 N-m (0.35 - 0.45 kg-m, 30 - 39 in-lb)
E
G
SAT084FA
AT-451
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
Control Valve Upper Body ECS007TD
COMPONENTS
Numbers preceding valve springs correspond with those shown in AT-518, "SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFI-
CATIONS (SDS)" .
SAT863J
1. Control valve upper body 2. Return spring 3. Overrun clutch reducing valve
4. Plug 5. Retainer plate 6. Torque converter relief valve
7. Return spring 8. Retainer plate 9. Torque converter clutch control valve
10. Return spring 11. Plug 12. Sleeve
13. Retainer plate 14. 1-2 accumulator valve 15. Return spring
16. Plug 17. Retainer plate 18. Cooler check valve
19. Return spring 20. Plug 21. Retainer plate
22. Retainer plate 23. Return spring 24. Pilot valve
25. Retainer plate 26. Plug 27. 1-2 accumulator piston
28. Return spring 29. 1-2 accumulator retainer plate 30. Retainer plate
31. Plug 32. 1st reducing valve 33. Return spring
34. Retainer plate 35. Return spring 36. 3-2 timing valve
AT-452
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove valves at retainer plates. A
● Do not use a magnetic pick-up tool.
AT
SAT321G
D
SAT135D
H
b. Remove retainer plates while holding spring, plugs or sleeves.
● Remove plugs slowly to prevent internal parts from jump-
ing out. I
K
SAT138D
SAT137D
AT-453
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
INSPECTION
Valve Spring
● Measure free length and outer diameter of each valve spring.
Also check for damage or deformation.
Inspection standard :Refer to AT-518, "SERVICE
DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS)" .
● Replace valve springs if deformed or fatigued.
SAT138D
Control Valves
● Check sliding surfaces of valves, sleeves and plugs.
ASSEMBLY
● Lay control valve body down when installing valves. Do not
stand the control valve body upright.
SAT139D
1. Lubricate the control valve body and all valves with ATF. Install
control valves by sliding them carefully into their bores.
● Be careful not to scratch or damage valve body.
SAT140DA
SAT141D
AT-454
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
1-2 Accumulator Valve
● Install 1-2 accumulator valve. Align 1-2 accumulator retainer A
plate from opposite side of control valve body.
● Install return spring, 1-2 accumulator piston and plug.
B
AT
SAT142D
D
SAT143D
H
Retainer Plate (Upper Body)
Unit: mm (in)
No. Name of control valve Width A Length B I
22 Pilot valve
30 1st reducing valve
21.5 (0.846) J
34 3-2 timing valve
8 Torque converter relief valve
17 1-2 accumulator valve 6.0 (0.236)
38.5 (1.516) K
25 1-2 accumulator piston
SAT086F
5 Overrun clutch reducing valve
24.0 (0.945)
21 Cooler check valve L
13 Torque converter clutch control valve 28.0 (1.102)
AT-455
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
Control Valve Lower Body ECS007TE
COMPONENTS
Numbers preceding valve springs correspond with those shown in AT-518, "SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFI-
CATIONS (SDS)" .
SAT864J
AT-456
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
DISASSEMBLY
● Remove valves at retainer plate. A
For removal procedures, refer to AT-453, "DISASSEMBLY" .
AT
SAT872J
D
INSPECTION
Valve Springs E
● Check each valve spring for damage or deformation. Also mea-
sure free length and outer diameter.
Inspection standard :Refer to AT-518, "SERVICE DATA F
AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)" .
● Replace valve springs if deformed or fatigued.
G
H
SAT138D
Control Valves
● Check sliding surfaces of control valves, sleeves and plugs for damage. I
ASSEMBLY
● Install control valves. J
For installation procedures, refer to AT-454, "ASSEMBLY" .
SAT872J M
Retainer Plate (for control valve lower body)
Unit: mm (in)
Name of control valve No. Length A Length B Type
Pressure regulator valve 14
Accumulator control valve 24
Shift valve A 28 6.0 28.0
I
Overrun clutch control valve 20 (0.236) (1.102)
AT-457
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
Reverse Clutch ECS007TF
COMPONENTS
MCIB0112E
DISASSEMBLY
1. Check operation of reverse clutch
a. Install seal ring onto drum support of oil pump cover and install
reverse clutch assembly. Apply compressed air to oil hole.
b. Check to see that retaining plate moves to snap ring.
c. If retaining plate does not contact snap ring:
● D-ring might be damaged.
SAT155D
SAT156D
4. Set Tool on spring retainer and remove snap ring from reverse
clutch drum while compressing return springs.
● Set Tool directly over springs.
AAT489
AT-458
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
● Do not remove return spring from spring retainer.
A
AT
SAT301E
D
6. Remove piston from reverse clutch drum by turning it.
G
SAT159D
SAT138E
K
INSPECTION
Reverse Clutch Snap Ring, Spring Retainer and Return Springs
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage. L
● If necessary, replace.
● When replacing spring retainer and return springs, replace them as a set.
M
Reverse Clutch Drive Plates
● Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
● Measure thickness of facing.
Thickness of drive plate:
Standard value: 2.0 mm (0.079 in)
Wear limit: 1.8 mm (0.071 in)
● If not within wear limit, replace.
SAT162D
AT-459
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
Reverse Clutch Dish Plates
● Check for deformation or damage.
● Measure thickness of dish plate.
Thickness of dish plate “T”: 2.8 mm (0.110 in)
● If deformed or fatigued, replace.
SAT163D
SAT164D
ASSEMBLY
1. Install D-ring and oil seal on piston.
● Take care with the direction of oil seal.
SAT160DA
SAT159D
AT-460
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
3. Install return springs and spring retainer on piston.
A
AT
SAT168D
D
4. Set Tool on spring retainer and install snap ring while compress-
ing return springs.
● Set Tool directly over return springs. E
G
AAT489
5. Install drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish plates. H
● Do not align the projections of any two dish plates.
SAT156D K
SAT173D
AT-461
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
High Clutch ECS007TG
COMPONENTS
MCIB0113E
DISASSEMBLY
1. Check operation of high clutch.
a. Apply compressed air to oil hole of input shaft with nylon cloth.
● Stop up hole on opposite side of input shaft with nylon
cloth.
b. Check to see that retaining plate moves to snap ring.
c. If retaining plate does not contact snap ring:
● D-ring might be damaged.
SAT177D
AT-462
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
3. Remove snap ring.
4. Remove drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate. A
AT
SAT178D
D
5. Set Tool on spring retainer and remove snap ring from high
clutch drum while compressing return springs.
● Set Tool directly over springs. E
● Do not expand snap ring excessively.
G
AAT683
SAT302E K
SAT189D
SAT139E
AT-463
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
INSPECTION
High Clutch Snap Ring, Spring Retainer and Return Springs
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
● If necessary, replace.
● When replacing spring retainer and return springs, replace them as a set.
High Clutch Drive Plates
● Check facing for burns, cracks or damage.
● Measure thickness of facing.
Thickness of drive plate:
Standard value 2.0 mm (0.079 in)
Wear limit 1.8 mm (0.071 in)
● If not within wear limit, replace.
SAT162D
SAT186D
SAT187D
ASSEMBLY
1. Install D-ring and oil seal on piston.
● Take care with the direction of the oil seal.
SAT182DA
AT-464
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
2. Install piston assembly by turning it slowly.
● Apply ATF to inner surface of drum. A
AT
SAT189D
D
3. Install return springs and spring retainer on piston.
G
SAT191D
4. Set Tool on spring retainer and install snap ring while compress- H
ing return springs.
● Set Tool directly over return springs.
AAT683
K
● Do not align snap ring gap with spring retainer stopper.
SAT193D
SAT195D
AT-465
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
7. Measure clearance between retaining plate and snap ring. If not
within allowable limit, select proper retaining plate.
Specified clearance:
Standard 1.4 - 1.8 mm (0.055 - 0.071 in)
Allowable limit 2.4 mm (0.094 in)
Retaining plate:
Refer to AT-518, "SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICA-
TIONS (SDS)" .
SAT199D
SAT196D
SAT197D
SAT198D
AT-466
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
Forward and Overrun Clutches ECS007TH
COMPONENTS A
AT
MCIB0114E
DISASSEMBLY K
1. Check operation of forward clutch and overrun clutch.
a. Install bearing retainer on forward clutch drum.
b. Apply compressed air to oil hole of forward clutch drum. L
c. Check to see that retaining plate moves to snap ring.
SAT201D
SAT202D
AT-467
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
2. Remove snap ring for forward clutch.
3. Remove drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish
plate for forward clutch.
SAT203D
SAT204D
6. Set Tool on spring retainer and remove snap ring from forward
clutch drum while compressing return springs.
● Set Tool directly over return springs.
AAT685
SAT216D
SAT215D
AT-468
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
10. Remove D-rings and oil seals from forward clutch piston and
overrun clutch piston. A
AT
SAT140E
D
INSPECTION
Snap Rings, Spring Retainer
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage. E
● Replace if necessary.
Forward Clutch and Overrun Clutch Return
F
● Check for deformation or damage.
● Measure free length and outer diameter.
Inspection standard: G
Refer to AT-518, "SERVICE DATA
AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)" .
H
● Replace if deformed or fatigued.
I
SAT138D
SAT163D
AT-469
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
Forward Clutch Drum
● Make sure that check balls are not fixed.
● Apply compressed air to check ball oil hole from outside of for-
ward clutch drum. Make sure air leaks past ball.
● Apply compressed air to oil hole from inside of forward clutch
drum. Make sure there is no air leakage.
SAT213D
SAT212D
ASSEMBLY
1. Install D-rings and oil seals on forward clutch piston and overrun
clutch piston.
● Take care with direction of oil seal.
SAT208DA
SAT215D
AT-470
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
3. Install forward clutch piston assembly on forward clutch drum by
turning it slowly. A
● Apply ATF to inner surface of drum.
AT
SAT216D
D
4. Align notch in forward clutch piston with groove in forward clutch
drum.
E
G
SAT217D
SAT218D
K
7. Set Tool on spring retainer and install snap ring while compress-
ing return springs.
● Set Tool directly over return springs.
L
AAT685
SAT220D
AT-471
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
8. Install drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish plate
for overrun clutch.
● Take care with order of plates.
SAT204D
11. Install drive plates, driven plates, retaining plate and dish plate
for forward clutch.
● Take care with order and direction of plates.
SAT203D
SAT201D
AT-472
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
15. Check operation of overrun clutch.
Refer to AT-467, "Forward and Overrun Clutches" . A
AT
SAT202D
D
Low & Reverse Brake ECS007TI
COMPONENTS
E
J
MCIB0115E
DISASSEMBLY K
1. Check operation of low & reverse brake.
a. Apply compressed air to oil hole of transmission case.
b. Check to see that retaining plate moves to snap ring. L
c. If retaining plate does not contact snap ring:
● D-ring might be damaged.
SAT230D
SAT231D
AT-473
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
5. Set Tool on spring retainer and remove snap ring while com-
pressing return springs.
● Set Tool directly above return springs.
AAT687
SAT303E
SAT234D
SAT767G
AT-474
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
INSPECTION
Low & Reverse Brake Snap Ring, Spring Retainer and Return Springs A
● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage.
● If necessary, replace.
B
● When replacing spring retainer and return springs, replace them as a set.
Low & Reverse Brake Drive Plate
● Check facing for burns, cracks or damage. AT
● Measure thickness of facing.
Thickness of drive plate:
D
Standard value 2.0 mm (0.079 in)
Wear limit 1.8 mm (0.071 in)
● If not within wear limit, replace. E
SAT162D F
ASSEMBLY
1. Install D-ring and oil seal on piston.
G
● Take care with the direction of the oil seal.
SAT235DA
J
2. Stand transmission case.
3. Install piston assembly on transmission case while turning it
slowly. K
● Apply ATF to inner surface of transmission case.
M
SAT239D
SAT241D
AT-475
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
5. Install snap ring while compressing return springs.
● Set Tool directly above return springs.
AAT687
● Make sure to put the plates in the correct order and direc-
tion.
SAT254E
SAT231D
SAT230D
AT-476
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
Rear Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub and Overrun Clutch Hub ECS007TJ
COMPONENTS A
AT
SAT875J
G
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove snap ring from overrun clutch hub.
2. Remove overrun clutch hub from forward clutch hub. H
SAT249D
K
3. Remove thrust washer from forward clutch hub.
SAT250D
SAT251D
AT-477
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
5. Remove end bearing from rear internal gear.
SAT252D
SAT253D
SAT254D
SAT255D
AT-478
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
INSPECTION
Rear Internal Gear, Forward Clutch Hub and Overrun Clutch Hub A
● Check rubbing surfaces for wear or damage.
AT
D
SAT256D
H
SAT257D
ASSEMBLY
1. Install forward one-way clutch on forward clutch. I
● Take care with the direction of forward one-way clutch.
L
SAT976H
MCIB9019E
AT-479
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
3. Install thrust washer on rear internal gear.
● Apply petroleum jelly to thrust washer.
SAT160F
MCIB9021E
SAT713H
SAT263D
SAT264D
AT-480
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
8. Install snap ring to groove of rear internal gear.
A
AT
SAT248D
D
Output Shaft, Idler Gear, Reduction Pinion Gear and Bearing Retainer ECS007TK
COMPONENTS
E
SAT487JA
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove seal rings from output shaft and bearing retainer.
SAT644D
AT-481
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
2. Remove output shaft bearing with screwdrivers.
● Always replace bearing with a new one when removed.
SAT645D
SAT646D
AAT539
SAT648D
AAT495
AT-482
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
7. Press out reduction pinion gear bearing from reduction pinion
gear. A
AT
AAT538
D
8. Remove reduction pinion gear bearing outer race from transmis-
sion case.
E
G
SAT651D
INSPECTION
H
Output Shaft, Idler Gear and Reduction Pinion Gear
● Check shafts for cracks, wear or bending.
● Check gears for wear, chips and cracks. I
Bearing
● Make sure bearings roll freely and are free from noise, cracks,
pitting or wear. J
● When replacing taper roller bearing, replace outer and inner
race as a set.
K
SPD715
M
Seal Ring Clearance
● Install new seal rings to output shaft.
● Measure clearance between seal ring and ring groove of output
shaft.
Standard clearance:
0.10 - 0.25 mm (0.0039 - 0.0098 in)
Allowable limit:
0.25 mm (0.0098 in)
● If not within allowable limit, replace output shaft.
● Install new seal rings to bearing retainer. SAT652D
● Measure clearance between seal ring and ring groove of bearing retainer.
Standard clearance:
0.10 - 0.25 mm (0.0039 - 0.0098 in)
AT-483
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
Allowable limit:
0.25 mm (0.0098 in)
● If not within allowable limit, replace bearing retainer.
ASSEMBLY
1. Press reduction pinion gear bearing on reduction pinion gear.
AAT688
SAT654D
AAT689
SAT901D
AT-484
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
5. Press output shaft bearing on output shaft.
A
AT
SAT939D
D
6. Press needle bearing on bearing retainer.
G
SAT658D
SAT659D
K
8. After packing ring grooves with petroleum jelly, carefully install
new seal rings on output shaft and bearing retainer.
L
SAT660D
SAT661D
AT-485
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
Band Servo Piston Assembly ECS007TL
COMPONENT
MCIB0117E
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove band servo piston snap ring.
SAT288D
SAT289D
SAT290DB
AT-486
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
4. Remove D-ring from OD servo piston.
A
AT
SAT593GB
D
5. Remove O-rings from OD servo piston retainer.
G
SAT292DA
SAT293D
K
7. Place piston stem end on a wooden block. While pushing servo
piston spring retainer down, remove E-ring.
L
SAT294D
SAT295DA
AT-487
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
9. Remove O-rings from servo piston retainer.
SAT296DA
SAT594GA
INSPECTION
Pistons, Retainers and Piston Stem
● Check frictional surfaces for abnormal wear or damage.
SAT298DA
Return Springs
● Check for deformation or damage.
● Measure free length and outer diameter.
Inspection standard:
Refer to AT-518, "SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICA-
TIONS (SDS)"
SAT138D
AT-488
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
ASSEMBLY
1. Install D-rings to servo piston retainer. A
● Apply ATF to D-rings.
AT
SAT595GA
D
SAT295DA
H
3. Place piston stem end on a wooden block. While pushing servo
piston spring retainer down, install E-ring.
I
K
SAT301D
SAT296DA
AT-489
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
5. Install band servo piston assembly to servo piston retainer by
pushing it inward.
SAT303D
SAT596GB
SAT292DA
SAT306DA
SAT865H
AT-490
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
10. Install OD servo piston assembly to transmission case.
A
● Apply ATF to O-ring of band servo piston and transmis-
sion case.
AT
AAT692
D
11. Install band servo piston snap ring to transmission case.
G
SAT288D
MCIB9024E
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove final gear.
SMT505B
AT-491
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
2. Press out differential side bearings.
● Be careful not to mix up the right and left bearings.
SAT312D
SAT313D
SAT904DA
SAT316D
AT-492
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
INSPECTION
Gear, Washer, Shaft and Case A
● Check mating surfaces of differential case, side gears and pin-
ion mate gears.
● Check washers for wear. B
AT
D
MCIB9022E
Bearings E
● Make sure bearings roll freely and are free from noise, cracks,
pitting or wear.
● When replacing taper roller bearing, replace outer and inner F
race as a set.
H
SPD715
ASSEMBLY
1. Install side gear and thrust washers in differential case. I
2. Install pinion mate gears and thrust washers in differential case
while rotating them.
● When inserting, be careful not to damage pinion mate
J
gear washers.
● Apply ATF to any parts.
K
L
SAT318D
MCIB0118E
AT-493
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
b. Move side gear up and down to measure dial indicator deflec-
tion. Always measure indicator deflection on both side gears.
Clearance between side gear and differential case
with washer:
0.1 - 0.2 mm (0.004 - 0.008 in)
SMT616
c. If not within specification, adjust clearance by changing thickness of differential side gear thrust washers.
Differential side gear thrust washers:
Refer to AT-518, "SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICA-
TIONS (SDS)" .
4. Install lock pin.
● Make sure that lock pin is flush with case.
SAT904D
SAT313D
SAT326D
AT-494
REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS
[ALL]
7. Press on differential side bearings.
A
AT
SMT700B
AT-495
ASSEMBLY
[ALL]
ASSEMBLY PFP:00000
AAT695
Unit: mm (in)
A B
5.5 - 6.5 (0.217 - 0.256) −0.5 to 0.5 (−0.020 to 0.020)
MCIB9018E
SAT328D
SAT329D
AT-496
ASSEMBLY
[ALL]
5. Install return spring.
A
AT
SAT330D
D
Adjustment (1) ECS007TO
SAT947DA
H
3. Place final drive assembly on transmission case.
4. Install transmission case on converter housing. Tighten trans-
mission case fixing bolts A and B to the specified torque. Refer I
to AT-416, "OVERHAUL" .
K
SAT027D
AT-497
ASSEMBLY
[ALL]
5. Attach dial indicator on differential case at transmission case
side.
6. Insert Tool into differential side gear from converter housing.
7. Move Tool up and down and measure dial indicator deflection.
Differential side bearing preload “T”:
0.04 - 0.09 mm (0.0016 - 0.0035 in)
8. Select proper thickness of differential side bearing adjusting
shim(s) using SDS table as a guide.
Differential side bearing adjusting shim:
Refer to AT-518, "SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICA-
TIONS (SDS)" .
AAT947
14. Insert Tool into differential case and measure turning torque of
final drive assembly.
● Turn final drive assembly in both directions several times
to seat bearing rollers correctly.
Turning torque of final drive assembly (New bearing):
0.49 - 1.08 N-m (5.0 - 11.0 kg-cm, 4.3 - 9.5 in-lb)
● When old bearing is used again, turning torque will be
slightly less than the above.
● Make sure torque is close to the specified range. AAT466
AT-498
ASSEMBLY
[ALL]
1. Remove transmission case and final drive assembly from converter housing.
2. Select proper thickness of reduction pinion gear bearing adjusting shim using the following procedures. A
a. Place reduction pinion gear on transmission case as shown.
SAT333DA E
SAT334DA
I
● Measure dimension “C” between the surface of idler gear
bearing inner race and the surface of transmission case.
● Measure dimension “C” in at least two places. J
L
SAT335D
SAT336DA
AT-499
ASSEMBLY
[ALL]
d. Measure dimension “E” between the end of idler gear and the
idler gear bearing inner race mating surface of idler gear.
● Measure dimension “E” in at least two places.
TIONS (SDS)" .
AAT696
SAT339D
SAT340DC
AT-500
ASSEMBLY
[ALL]
OUTPUT SHAFT END PLAY
● Measure clearance between side cover and the end of the out- A
put shaft bearing.
● Select proper thickness of adjusting shim so that clearance is
within specifications. B
AT
SAT341D
D
SAT347D
H
2. Install output shaft thrust needle bearing on bearing retainer.
K
SAT438D
SAT439D
AT-501
ASSEMBLY
[ALL]
4. Measure dimensions “ 1 ” and “ 2 ” at side cover and then cal-
culate dimension “A”.
● Measure dimension “ 1 ” and “ 2 ” in at least two
places.
“A”: Distance between transmission case fitting
surface and adjusting shim mating surface.
A= 1 − 2
2: Height of gauge
SAT874DA
SAT441D
SAT442D
AT-502
ASSEMBLY
[ALL]
10. Tighten side cover fixing bolts to specified torque.
● Do not mix bolts A and B. A
● Always replace bolts A as they are self-sealing bolts.
AT
SAT124E
D
Assembly (2) ECS007TP
SAT354D
H
3. Install forward clutch assembly.
● Align teeth of low & reverse brake drive plates before
installing.
I
● Make sure that bearing retainer seal rings are not spread.
K
SAT355D
SAT356D
AT-503
ASSEMBLY
[ALL]
5. Install thrust needle bearing on rear internal gear.
● Apply petroleum jelly to thrust needle bearing.
SAT357D
SAT358D
SAT359D
SAT360D
SAT052D
AT-504
ASSEMBLY
[ALL]
10. Install rear planetary carrier on transmission case.
A
AT
SAT362D
D
11. Install thrust needle bearing on front planetary carrier.
● Apply petroleum jelly to thrust needle bearing.
G
SAT363D
SAT048D K
SAT047D
SAT046D
AT-505
ASSEMBLY
[ALL]
16. Install needle bearing on front sun gear.
● Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing.
SAT367D
SAT368D
SAT369D
SAT370D
SAT371D
AT-506
ASSEMBLY
[ALL]
21. Remove paper rolled around input shaft.
A
22. Install reverse clutch assembly.
● Align teeth of high clutch drive plates before installing.
AT
SAT372D
D
23. Install reverse clutch assembly.
● Align teeth of high clutch drive plates before installing.
E
G
SAT373D
When any parts listed below are replaced, adjust total end play and reverse clutch end play.
Reverse clutch end I
Part name Total end play
play
Transmission case ● ●
Overrun clutch hub ● ● J
Rear internal gear ● ●
Rear planetary carrier ● ●
K
Rear sun gear ● ●
Front planetary carrier ● ●
Front sun gear ● ● L
High clutch hub ● ●
High clutch drum ● ●
M
Oil pump cover ● ●
Reverse clutch drum — ●
SAT374D
AT-507
ASSEMBLY
[ALL]
1. Measure dimensions “K” and “L” and then calculate dimension
“J”.
SAT375D
SAT376D
SAT377D
SAT378D
SAT379D
AT-508
ASSEMBLY
[ALL]
c. Measure thickness of straightedge “t”.
A
M = M1 – t
AT
SAT443D
D
3. Adjust total end play “T3 ”.
T3 = J – M
Total end play “T3 ”: E
0.25 - 0.55 mm (0.0098 - 0.0217 in)
● Select proper thickness of bearing race so that total end play is within specifications. F
Bearing races: Refer to AT-518, "SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)"
.
G
REVERSE CLUTCH END PLAY
● Measure clearance between oil pump cover and thrust washer
for reverse clutch drum. H
● Select proper thickness of thrust washer so that end play is
within specification.
I
SAT380D
K
1. Measure dimensions “O” and “P” and then calculate dimension
“N”.
L
SAT381D
SAT382D
AT-509
ASSEMBLY
[ALL]
c. Measure dimension “P”.
d. Calculate dimension “N”.
“N”: Distance between oil pump fitting surface of trans-
mission case and thrust washer on reverse clutch
drum.
N=O–P
SAT383D
SAT384D
SAT385D
SAT386D
AT-510
ASSEMBLY
[ALL]
Assembly (3) ECS007TR
A
1. Remove reverse clutch assembly and install needle bearing on
high clutch assembly.
● Pay attention to direction of needle bearing.
B
2. Install reverse clutch assembly
AT
D
SAT387D
SAT038D
H
5. Place bearing race selected in total end play adjustment step on
oil pump cover.
● Apply petroleum jelly to bearing race. I
K
SAT389D
SAT390D
AT-511
ASSEMBLY
[ALL]
7. Install oil pump assembly on transmission case.
SAT391D
SAT392D
SAT034D
SAT394D
SAT395D
AT-512
ASSEMBLY
[ALL]
c. While holding anchor end pin, tighten lock nut.
A
AT
SAT396D
D
11. Apply compressed air to oil holes of transmission case and
check operation of brake band.
E
G
SAT397D
SAT030D K
SAT063K
SAT405D
AT-513
ASSEMBLY
[ALL]
16. Install accumulator piston.
a. Check contact surface of accumulator piston for damage.
SAT406DA
SAT407DA
Return springs:
Refer to AT-518, "SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICA-
TIONS (SDS)" .
SAT878J
17. Install lip seals for band servo oil holes on transmission case.
● Apply petroleum jelly to lip seals.
SAT021D
SAT022D
AT-514
ASSEMBLY
[ALL]
18. Install control valve assembly.
a. Insert manual valve into control valve assembly. A
● Apply ATF to manual valve.
AT
SAT017D
D
b. Pass solenoid harness through transmission case and install
terminal body on transmission case by pushing it.
c. Install stopper ring to terminal body. E
G
AAT261A
AAT260A
AT-515
ASSEMBLY
[ALL]
19. Install oil pan.
a. Attach a magnet to oil pan.
SAT418D
SAT128E
SAT023JB
AT-516
ASSEMBLY
[ALL]
21. Install A/T fluid charging pipe and fluid cooler tube to transmis-
sion case. Tighten A/T fluid charging pipe and fluid cooler tube A
bolts to the specified torque. Refer to AT-416, "OVERHAUL" .
AT
MCIB9012E
D
22. Install torque converter.
a. Pour ATF into torque converter.
● Approximately 1 liter (1-3/4 Imp pt) of fluid is required for E
a new torque converter.
● When reusing old torque converter, add the same amount
of fluid as was drained. F
G
SAT428DA
SAT429D
K
c. Measure distance “A” to check that torque converter is in proper
position.
L
Distance A:
Refer to AT-518, "SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICA-
TIONS (SDS)" . M
SAT430D
AT-517
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[ALL]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) PFP:00030
Engine QG18DE
Automatic transaxle model RE4F03B
Automatic transaxle assembly Model code number 3AX70
1st 2.861
2nd 1.562
3rd 1.000
Transaxle gear ratio
4th 0.697
Reverse 2.310
Final drive 4.072
Genuine Nissan Automatic Transmission
Recommended fluid
Fluid or equivalent*
Fluid capacity 7.7 (6-3/4 Imp qt)
*: Refer to MA-25.
AT-518
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[ALL]
Control Valves ECS007TW
Lower body 27 Accumulator control valve spring 31742-80X02 22.0 (0.866) 6.5 (0.256) G
Refer to “Control 29 Shift valve A spring 31762-80X00 21.7 (0.854) 7.0 (0.276)
Valve Lower
Body”, AT-456 . 2 Shift valve B spring 31762-80X00 21.7 (0.854) 7.0 (0.276)
H
11 31742-41X15 30.5 (1.201) 9.8 (0.386)
Pressure modifier valve spring
7 31742-80X16 32.0 (1.260) 6.9 (0.272)
— Fluid cooler relief valve spring 31872-31X00 17.02 (0.670) 8.0 (0.315) I
— T/C pressure spring 31742-3AX07 9.0 (0.354) 7.3 (0.287)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
J
Clutch and Brakes ECS007TX
REVERSE CLUTCH
Number of drive plates 2 K
Number of driven plates 2
Standard 2.0 (0.079)
Drive plate thickness mm (in) L
Allowable limit 1.8 (0.071)
Standard 0.5 - 0.8 (0.020 - 0.031)
Clearance mm (in)
Allowable limit 1.2 (0.047) M
Thickness mm (in) Part number*
4.4 (0.173) 31537-31X00
Thickness of retaining plates 4.6 (0.181) 31537-31X01
4.8 (0.189) 31537-31X02
5.0 (0.197) 31537-31X03
5.2 (0.205) 31537-31X04
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
HIGH CLUTCH
Number of drive plates 3
Number of driven plates 5
AT-519
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[ALL]
Thickness mm (in) Part number*
4.8 (0.189) 31537-32X05
5.0 (0.197) 31537-32X06
Thickness of retaining plates 5.2 (0.205) 31537-32X07
5.4 (0.213) 31537-32X08
5.6 (0.220) 31537-32X09
5.8 (0.228) 31537-32X10
6.0 (0.236) 31537-32X11
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
FORWARD CLUTCH
Number of drive plates 5
Number of driven plates 5
Standard 1.8 (0.071)
Drive plate thickness mm (in)
Allowable limit 1.6 (0.063)
Standard 0.45 - 0.85 (0.0177 - 0.0335)
Clearance mm (in)
Allowable limit 1.85 (0.0728)
Thickness mm (in) Part number*
3.6 (0.142) 31537-31X60
3.8 (0.150) 31537-31X61
Thickness of retaining plates 4.0 (0.157) 31537-31X62
4.2 (0.165) 31537-31X63
4.4 (0.173) 31537-31X64
4.6 (0.181) 31537-31X65
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
OVERRUN CLUTCH
Number of drive plates 3
Number of driven plates 5
Standard 1.6 (0.063)
Drive plate thickness mm (in)
Allowable limit 1.4 (0.055)
Standard 1.0 - 1.4 (0.039 - 0.055)
Clearance mm (in)
Allowable limit 2.0 (0.079)
Thickness mm (in) Part number*
3.6 (0.142) 31567-31X79
Thickness of retaining plates 3.8 (0.150) 31567-31X80
4.0 (0.157) 31567-31X81
4.2 (0.165) 31567-31X82
4.4 (0.173) 31567-31X83
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
AT-520
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[ALL]
Thickness mm (in) Part number*
A
3.6 (0.142) 31667-31X16
3.8 (0.150) 31667-31X17
Thickness of retaining plates 4.0 (0.157) 31667-31X18
4.2 (0.165) 31667-31X19 B
4.4 (0.173) 31667-31X20
4.6 (0.181) 31667-31X21
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
AT
BRAKE BAND
Anchor end pin tightening torque 3.5 - 5.8 N-m (0.35 - 0.6 kg-m, 31 - 52 in-lb)
D
Number of returning revolutions for anchor end pin 2.5±0.125
Lock nut tightening torque 31 - 36 N-m (3.2 - 3.7 kg-m, 23 - 27 ft-lb)
Oil pump cover seal ring Standard 0.1 - 0.25 (0.0039 - 0.0098)
clearance mm (in) Allowable limit 0.25 (0.0098)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Unit: mm (in)
Standard 0.08 - 0.23 (0.0031 - 0.0091)
Input shaft seal ring clearance
Allowable limit 0.23 (0.0091)
Unit: mm (in)
AT-521
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[ALL]
Final Drive ECS007U2
BEARING PRELOAD
Differential side bearing preload “T” 0.04 - 0.09 mm (0.0016 - 0.0035 in)
TURNING TORQUE
Turning torque of final drive assembly 0.49 - 1.08 N-m (5.0 - 11.0 kg-cm, 4.3 - 9.5 in-lb)
AT-522
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[ALL]
TABLE FOR SELECTING DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING ADJUSTING SHIMS (FOR RE4F03B)
Unit: mm (in) A
Dial indicator deflection Suitable shim(s)
0.31 - 0.35 (0.0122 - 0.0138) 0.40 (0.0157)
0.35 - 0.39 (0.0138 - 0.0154) 0.44 (0.0173) B
0.39 - 0.43 (0.0154 - 0.0169) 0.48 (0.0189)
0.43 - 0.47 (0.0169 - 0.0185) 0.52 (0.0205)
0.47 - 0.51 (0.0185 - 0.0201) 0.56 (0.0220)
0.51 - 0.55 (0.0201 - 0.0217) 0.60 (0.0236) AT
0.55 - 0.59 (0.0217 - 0.0232) 0.64 (0.0252)
0.59 - 0.63 (0.0232 - 0.0248) 0.68 (0.0268)
0.63 - 0.67 (0.0248 - 0.0264) 0.72 (0.0283)
D
0.67 - 0.71 (0.0264 - 0.0280) 0.76 (0.0299)
0.71 - 0.75 (0.0280 - 0.0295) 0.80 (0.0315)
0.75 - 0.79 (0.0295 - 0.0311) 0.84 (0.0331)
0.79 - 0.83 (0.0311 - 0.0327) 0.88 (0.0346) E
0.83 - 0.87 (0.0327 - 0.0343) 0.92 (0.0362)
0.87 - 0.91 (0.0343 - 0.0358) 0.48 (0.0189) + 0.48 (0.0189)
0.91 - 0.95 (0.0358 - 0.0374) 0.48 (0.0189) + 0.52 (0.0205)
0.95 - 0.99 (0.0374 - 0.0390) 0.52 (0.0205) + 0.52 (0.0205) F
0.99 - 1.03 (0.0390 - 0.0406) 0.52 (0.0205) + 0.56 (0.0220)
1.03 - 1.07 (0.0406 - 0.0421) 0.56 (0.0220) + 0.56 (0.0220)
1.07 - 1.11 (0.0421 - 0.0437) 0.56 (0.0220) + 0.60 (0.0236)
1.11 - 1.15 (0.0437 - 0.0453) 0.60 (0.0236) + 0.60 (0.0236) G
1.15 - 1.19 (0.0453 - 0.0469) 0.60 (0.0236) + 0.64 (0.0252)
1.19 - 1.23 (0.0469 - 0.0484) 0.64 (0.0252) + 0.64 (0.0252)
1.23 - 1.27 (0.0484 - 0.0500) 0.64 (0.0252) + 0.68 (0.0268)
1.27 - 1.31 (0.0500 - 0.0516) 0.68 (0.0268) + 0.68 (0.0268)
H
1.31 - 1.35 (0.0516 - 0.0531) 0.68 (0.0268) + 0.72 (0.0283)
1.35 - 1.39 (0.0531 - 0.0547) 1.44 (0.0567)
1.39 - 1.43 (0.0547 - 0.0563) 0.72 (0.0283) + 0.76 (0.0299)
I
1.43 - 1.47 (0.0563 - 0.0579) 0.76 (0.0299) + 0.76 (0.0299)
1.47 - 1.51 (0.0579 - 0.0594) 0.76 (0.0299) + 0.80 (0.0315)
1.51 - 1.55 (0.0594 - 0.0610) 0.80 (0.0315) + 0.80 (0.0315)
1.55 - 1.59 (0.0610 - 0.0626) 0.80 (0.0315) + 0.84 (0.0331) J
1.59 - 1.63 (0.0626 - 0.0642) 0.84 (0.0331) + 0.84 (0.0331)
1.63 - 1.67 (0.0642 - 0.0657) 0.84 (0.0331) + 0.88 (0.0346)
1.67 - 1.71 (0.0657 - 0.0673) 0.88 (0.0346) + 0.88 (0.0346)
1.71 - 1.75 (0.0673 - 0.0689) 0.88 (0.0346) + 0.92 (0.0362) K
1.75 - 1.79 (0.0689 - 0.0705) 0.92 (0.0362) + 0.92 (0.0362)
1.79 - 1.83 (0.0705 - 0.0720) 0.92 (0.0362) + 0.96 (0.0378)
1.83 - 1.87 (0.0720 - 0.0736) 0.96 (0.0378) + 0.96 (0.0378)
1.87 - 1.91 (0.0736 - 0.0752) 0.52 (0.0205) + 1.44 (0.0567) L
1.91 - 1.95 (0.0752 - 0.0768) 0.56 (0.0220) + 1.44 (0.0567)
TURNING TORQUE
Turning torque of reduction pinion gear 0.1 - 0.69 N-m (1.1 - 7.0 kg-cm, 0.95 - 6.08 in-lb)
AT-523
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[ALL]
REDUCTION PINION GEAR BEARING ADJUSTING SHIMS
Thickness mm (in) Part number*
1.74 (0.0685) 31438-31X16
1.78 (0.0701) 31438-31X17
1.82 (0.0717) 31438-31X18
1.86 (0.0732) 31438-31X19
1.90 (0.0748) 31438-31X20
1.92 (0.0756) 31439-31X60
1.94 (0.0764) 31438-31X21
1.96 (0.0772) 31439-31X61
1.98 (0.0780) 31438-31X22
2.00 (0.0787) 31439-31X62
2.02 (0.0795) 31438-31X23
2.04 (0.0803) 31439-31X63
2.06 (0.0811) 31438-31X24
2.08 (0.0819) 31439-31X64
2.10 (0.0827) 31438-31X60
2.12 (0.0835) 31439-31X65
2.14 (0.0843) 31438-31X61
2.16 (0.0850) 31439-31X66
2.18 (0.0858) 31438-31X62
2.20 (0.0866) 31439-31X67
2.22 (0.0874) 31438-31X63
2.24 (0.0882) 31439-31X68
2.26 (0.0890) 31438-31X64
2.28 (0.0898) 31439-31X69
2.30 (0.0906) 31438-31X65
2.34 (0.0921) 31438-31X66
2.38 (0.0937) 31438-31X67
2.42 (0.0953) 31438-31X68
2.46 (0.0969) 31438-31X69
2.50 (0.0984) 31438-31X70
2.54 (0.1000) 31438-31X71
2.58 (0.1016) 31438-31X72
2.62 (0.1031) 31438-31X73
2.66 (0.1047) 31438-31X74
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
AT-524
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[ALL]
TABLE FOR SELECTING REDUCTION PINION GEAR BEARING ADJUSTING SHIM
Unit: mm (in) A
Dimension “T” Suitable shim(s)
1.77 - 1.81 (0.0697 - 0.0713) 1.74 (0.0685)
1.81 - 1.85 (0.0713 - 0.0728) 1.78 (0.0701) B
1.85 - 1.89 (0.0728 - 0.0744) 1.82 (0.0717)
1.89 - 1.93 (0.0744 - 0.0760) 1.86 (0.0732)
1.93 - 1.96 (0.0760 - 0.0772) 1.90 (0.0748)
1.96 - 1.98 (0.0772 - 0.0780) 1.92 (0.0756) AT
1.98 - 2.00 (0.0780 - 0.0787) 1.94 (0.0764)
2.00 - 2.02 (0.0787 - 0.0795) 1.96 (0.0772)
2.02 - 2.04 (0.0795 - 0.0803) 1.98 (0.0780)
D
2.04 - 2.06 (0.0803 - 0.0811) 2.00 (0.0787)
2.06 - 2.08 (0.0811 - 0.0819) 2.02 (0.0795)
2.08 - 2.10 (0.0819 - 0.0827) 2.04 (0.0803)
2.10 - 2.12 (0.0827 - 0.0835) 2.06 (0.0811) E
2.12 - 2.14 (0.0835 - 0.0843) 2.08 (0.0819)
2.14 - 2.16 (0.0843 - 0.0850) 2.10 (0.0827)
2.16 - 2.18 (0.0850 - 0.0858) 2.12 (0.0835)
2.18 - 2.20 (0.0858 - 0.0866) 2.14 (0.0843) F
2.20 - 2.22 (0.0866 - 0.0874) 2.16 (0.0850)
2.22 - 2.24 (0.0874 - 0.0888) 2.18 (0.0858)
2.24 - 2.26 (0.0882 - 0.0890) 2.20 (0.0866)
2.26 - 2.28 (0.0890 - 0.0898) 2.22 (0.0874) G
2.28 - 2.30 (0.0898 - 0.0906) 2.24 (0.0882)
2.30 - 2.32 (0.0906 - 0.0913) 2.26 (0.0890)
2.32 - 2.34 (0.0913 - 0.0921) 2.28 (0.0898)
2.34 - 2.37 (0.0921 - 0.0933) 2.30 (0.0906)
H
2.37 - 2.41 (0.0933 - 0.0949) 2.34 (0.0921)
2.41 - 2.45 (0.0949 - 0.0965) 2.38 (0.0937)
2.45 - 2.49 (0.0965 - 0.0980) 2.42 (0.0953)
I
2.49 - 2.53 (0.0980 - 0.0996) 2.46 (0.0969)
2.53 - 2.57 (0.0996 - 0.1012) 2.50 (0.0984)
2.57 - 2.61 (0.1012 - 0.1028) 2.54 (0.1000)
2.61 - 2.65 (0.1028 - 0.1043) 2.58 (0.1016) J
2.65 - 2.69 (0.1043 - 0.1059) 2.62 (0.1031)
2.69 - 2.73 (0.1059 - 0.1075) 2.66 (0.1047)
END PLAY
M
Output shaft end play 0 - 0.5 mm (0 - 0.020 in)
SEAL RING
Outer diameter mm (in) Inner diameter mm (in) Width mm (in) Part number*
33.71 (1.327) 30.25 (1.191) 1.95 (0.077) 31525 80X09
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
AT-525
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[ALL]
Bearing Retainer ECS007U5
Reverse clutch end play “T4” 0.65 - 1.00 mm (0.0256 - 0.0394 in)
Accumulator ECS007U8
O-RING
Unit: mm (in)
Accumulator Diameter (Small) Part number* Diameter (Large) Part number*
Servo release accumu-
26.9 (1.059) 31526-41X03 44.2 (1.740) 31526-41X02
lator
N-D accumulator 34.6 (1.362) 31526-31X08 39.4 (1.551) 31672-21X00
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
RETURN SPRING
Unit: mm (in)
Accumulator Free length Outer diameter Part number*
Servo release accumulator spring 52.5 (2.067) 20.1 (0.791) 31605-80X00
N-D accumulator spring 45.0 (1.772) 27.6 (1.087) 31605-33X01
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
AT-526
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[ALL]
Band Servo ECS007U9
RETURN SPRING A
Unit: mm (in)
Return spring Free length Outer diameter Part number*
2nd servo return spring 32.5 (1.280) 25.9 (1.020) 31605-31X20 B
OD servo return spring 38.52 (1.5165) 22.0 (0.866) 31605-31X21
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
AT
Removal and Installation ECS007UA
Unit: mm (in)
Distance between end of converter housing and torque converter 21.1 (0.831) or more
D
E
Gear Solenoid A Solenoid B
1st ON ON
2nd OFF ON
F
3rd OFF OFF
4th ON OFF
G
Solenoid Valves ECS007UC
Resistance 10 - 15Ω
AT-527
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[ALL]
AT-528